xref: /vim-8.2.3635/src/ex_cmds.c (revision 723d165c)
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet:
2  *
3  * VIM - Vi IMproved	by Bram Moolenaar
4  *
5  * Do ":help uganda"  in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6  * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7  * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8  */
9 
10 /*
11  * ex_cmds.c: some functions for command line commands
12  */
13 
14 #include "vim.h"
15 #include "version.h"
16 
17 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
18 # include <float.h>
19 #endif
20 
21 static int linelen(int *has_tab);
22 static void do_filter(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, exarg_T *eap, char_u *cmd, int do_in, int do_out);
23 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO
24 static char_u *viminfo_filename(char_u	*);
25 static void do_viminfo(FILE *fp_in, FILE *fp_out, int flags);
26 static int viminfo_encoding(vir_T *virp);
27 static int read_viminfo_up_to_marks(vir_T *virp, int forceit, int writing);
28 #endif
29 
30 static int check_readonly(int *forceit, buf_T *buf);
31 static void delbuf_msg(char_u *name);
32 static int
33 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
34     _RTLENTRYF
35 #endif
36 	help_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2);
37 static void prepare_help_buffer(void);
38 
39 /*
40  * ":ascii" and "ga".
41  */
42     void
43 do_ascii(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
44 {
45     int		c;
46     int		cval;
47     char	buf1[20];
48     char	buf2[20];
49     char_u	buf3[7];
50 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
51     char_u      *dig;
52 #endif
53     int		cc[MAX_MCO];
54     int		ci = 0;
55     int		len;
56 
57     if (enc_utf8)
58 	c = utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cc);
59     else
60 	c = gchar_cursor();
61     if (c == NUL)
62     {
63 	msg("NUL");
64 	return;
65     }
66 
67     IObuff[0] = NUL;
68     if (!has_mbyte || (enc_dbcs != 0 && c < 0x100) || c < 0x80)
69     {
70 	if (c == NL)	    /* NUL is stored as NL */
71 	    c = NUL;
72 	if (c == CAR && get_fileformat(curbuf) == EOL_MAC)
73 	    cval = NL;	    /* NL is stored as CR */
74 	else
75 	    cval = c;
76 	if (vim_isprintc_strict(c) && (c < ' '
77 #ifndef EBCDIC
78 		    || c > '~'
79 #endif
80 			       ))
81 	{
82 	    transchar_nonprint(buf3, c);
83 	    vim_snprintf(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "  <%s>", (char *)buf3);
84 	}
85 	else
86 	    buf1[0] = NUL;
87 #ifndef EBCDIC
88 	if (c >= 0x80)
89 	    vim_snprintf(buf2, sizeof(buf2), "  <M-%s>",
90 						 (char *)transchar(c & 0x7f));
91 	else
92 #endif
93 	    buf2[0] = NUL;
94 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
95 	dig = get_digraph_for_char(cval);
96 	if (dig != NULL)
97 	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
98 		_("<%s>%s%s  %d,  Hex %02x,  Oct %03o, Digr %s"),
99 			      transchar(c), buf1, buf2, cval, cval, cval, dig);
100 	else
101 #endif
102 	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
103 		_("<%s>%s%s  %d,  Hex %02x,  Octal %03o"),
104 				  transchar(c), buf1, buf2, cval, cval, cval);
105 	if (enc_utf8)
106 	    c = cc[ci++];
107 	else
108 	    c = 0;
109     }
110 
111     /* Repeat for combining characters. */
112     while (has_mbyte && (c >= 0x100 || (enc_utf8 && c >= 0x80)))
113     {
114 	len = (int)STRLEN(IObuff);
115 	/* This assumes every multi-byte char is printable... */
116 	if (len > 0)
117 	    IObuff[len++] = ' ';
118 	IObuff[len++] = '<';
119 	if (enc_utf8 && utf_iscomposing(c)
120 # ifdef USE_GUI
121 		&& !gui.in_use
122 # endif
123 		)
124 	    IObuff[len++] = ' '; /* draw composing char on top of a space */
125 	len += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, IObuff + len);
126 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
127 	dig = get_digraph_for_char(c);
128 	if (dig != NULL)
129 	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff + len, IOSIZE - len,
130 			c < 0x10000 ? _("> %d, Hex %04x, Oct %o, Digr %s")
131 				    : _("> %d, Hex %08x, Oct %o, Digr %s"),
132 					c, c, c, dig);
133 	else
134 #endif
135 	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff + len, IOSIZE - len,
136 			 c < 0x10000 ? _("> %d, Hex %04x, Octal %o")
137 				     : _("> %d, Hex %08x, Octal %o"),
138 				     c, c, c);
139 	if (ci == MAX_MCO)
140 	    break;
141 	if (enc_utf8)
142 	    c = cc[ci++];
143 	else
144 	    c = 0;
145     }
146 
147     msg((char *)IObuff);
148 }
149 
150 /*
151  * ":left", ":center" and ":right": align text.
152  */
153     void
154 ex_align(exarg_T *eap)
155 {
156     pos_T	save_curpos;
157     int		len;
158     int		indent = 0;
159     int		new_indent;
160     int		has_tab;
161     int		width;
162 
163 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
164     if (curwin->w_p_rl)
165     {
166 	/* switch left and right aligning */
167 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_right)
168 	    eap->cmdidx = CMD_left;
169 	else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left)
170 	    eap->cmdidx = CMD_right;
171     }
172 #endif
173 
174     width = atoi((char *)eap->arg);
175     save_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
176     if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left)    /* width is used for new indent */
177     {
178 	if (width >= 0)
179 	    indent = width;
180     }
181     else
182     {
183 	/*
184 	 * if 'textwidth' set, use it
185 	 * else if 'wrapmargin' set, use it
186 	 * if invalid value, use 80
187 	 */
188 	if (width <= 0)
189 	    width = curbuf->b_p_tw;
190 	if (width == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm > 0)
191 	    width = curwin->w_width - curbuf->b_p_wm;
192 	if (width <= 0)
193 	    width = 80;
194     }
195 
196     if (u_save((linenr_T)(eap->line1 - 1), (linenr_T)(eap->line2 + 1)) == FAIL)
197 	return;
198 
199     for (curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1;
200 		 curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= eap->line2; ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
201     {
202 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left)		/* left align */
203 	    new_indent = indent;
204 	else
205 	{
206 	    has_tab = FALSE;	/* avoid uninit warnings */
207 	    len = linelen(eap->cmdidx == CMD_right ? &has_tab
208 						   : NULL) - get_indent();
209 
210 	    if (len <= 0)			/* skip blank lines */
211 		continue;
212 
213 	    if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_center)
214 		new_indent = (width - len) / 2;
215 	    else
216 	    {
217 		new_indent = width - len;	/* right align */
218 
219 		/*
220 		 * Make sure that embedded TABs don't make the text go too far
221 		 * to the right.
222 		 */
223 		if (has_tab)
224 		    while (new_indent > 0)
225 		    {
226 			(void)set_indent(new_indent, 0);
227 			if (linelen(NULL) <= width)
228 			{
229 			    /*
230 			     * Now try to move the line as much as possible to
231 			     * the right.  Stop when it moves too far.
232 			     */
233 			    do
234 				(void)set_indent(++new_indent, 0);
235 			    while (linelen(NULL) <= width);
236 			    --new_indent;
237 			    break;
238 			}
239 			--new_indent;
240 		    }
241 	    }
242 	}
243 	if (new_indent < 0)
244 	    new_indent = 0;
245 	(void)set_indent(new_indent, 0);		/* set indent */
246     }
247     changed_lines(eap->line1, 0, eap->line2 + 1, 0L);
248     curwin->w_cursor = save_curpos;
249     beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);
250 }
251 
252 /*
253  * Get the length of the current line, excluding trailing white space.
254  */
255     static int
256 linelen(int *has_tab)
257 {
258     char_u  *line;
259     char_u  *first;
260     char_u  *last;
261     int	    save;
262     int	    len;
263 
264     /* find the first non-blank character */
265     line = ml_get_curline();
266     first = skipwhite(line);
267 
268     /* find the character after the last non-blank character */
269     for (last = first + STRLEN(first);
270 				last > first && VIM_ISWHITE(last[-1]); --last)
271 	;
272     save = *last;
273     *last = NUL;
274     len = linetabsize(line);		/* get line length */
275     if (has_tab != NULL)		/* check for embedded TAB */
276 	*has_tab = (vim_strchr(first, TAB) != NULL);
277     *last = save;
278 
279     return len;
280 }
281 
282 /* Buffer for two lines used during sorting.  They are allocated to
283  * contain the longest line being sorted. */
284 static char_u	*sortbuf1;
285 static char_u	*sortbuf2;
286 
287 static int	sort_ic;	/* ignore case */
288 static int	sort_nr;	/* sort on number */
289 static int	sort_rx;	/* sort on regex instead of skipping it */
290 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
291 static int	sort_flt;	/* sort on floating number */
292 #endif
293 
294 static int	sort_abort;	/* flag to indicate if sorting has been interrupted */
295 
296 /* Struct to store info to be sorted. */
297 typedef struct
298 {
299     linenr_T	lnum;			// line number
300     union {
301 	struct
302 	{
303 	    varnumber_T	start_col_nr;	// starting column number
304 	    varnumber_T	end_col_nr;	// ending column number
305 	} line;
306 	struct
307 	{
308 	    varnumber_T	value;		// value if sorting by integer
309 	    int is_number;		// TRUE when line contains a number
310 	} num;
311 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
312 	float_T value_flt;		// value if sorting by float
313 #endif
314     } st_u;
315 } sorti_T;
316 
317 static int
318 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
319 _RTLENTRYF
320 #endif
321 sort_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2);
322 
323     static int
324 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
325 _RTLENTRYF
326 #endif
327 sort_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2)
328 {
329     sorti_T	l1 = *(sorti_T *)s1;
330     sorti_T	l2 = *(sorti_T *)s2;
331     int		result = 0;
332 
333     /* If the user interrupts, there's no way to stop qsort() immediately, but
334      * if we return 0 every time, qsort will assume it's done sorting and
335      * exit. */
336     if (sort_abort)
337 	return 0;
338     fast_breakcheck();
339     if (got_int)
340 	sort_abort = TRUE;
341 
342     if (sort_nr)
343     {
344 	if (l1.st_u.num.is_number != l2.st_u.num.is_number)
345 	    result = l1.st_u.num.is_number - l2.st_u.num.is_number;
346 	else
347 	    result = l1.st_u.num.value == l2.st_u.num.value ? 0
348 			     : l1.st_u.num.value > l2.st_u.num.value ? 1 : -1;
349     }
350 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
351     else if (sort_flt)
352 	result = l1.st_u.value_flt == l2.st_u.value_flt ? 0
353 			     : l1.st_u.value_flt > l2.st_u.value_flt ? 1 : -1;
354 #endif
355     else
356     {
357 	/* We need to copy one line into "sortbuf1", because there is no
358 	 * guarantee that the first pointer becomes invalid when obtaining the
359 	 * second one. */
360 	STRNCPY(sortbuf1, ml_get(l1.lnum) + l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr,
361 		     l1.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr + 1);
362 	sortbuf1[l1.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr] = 0;
363 	STRNCPY(sortbuf2, ml_get(l2.lnum) + l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr,
364 		     l2.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr + 1);
365 	sortbuf2[l2.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr] = 0;
366 
367 	result = sort_ic ? STRICMP(sortbuf1, sortbuf2)
368 						 : STRCMP(sortbuf1, sortbuf2);
369     }
370 
371     /* If two lines have the same value, preserve the original line order. */
372     if (result == 0)
373 	return (int)(l1.lnum - l2.lnum);
374     return result;
375 }
376 
377 /*
378  * ":sort".
379  */
380     void
381 ex_sort(exarg_T *eap)
382 {
383     regmatch_T	regmatch;
384     int		len;
385     linenr_T	lnum;
386     long	maxlen = 0;
387     sorti_T	*nrs;
388     size_t	count = (size_t)(eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1);
389     size_t	i;
390     char_u	*p;
391     char_u	*s;
392     char_u	*s2;
393     char_u	c;			/* temporary character storage */
394     int		unique = FALSE;
395     long	deleted;
396     colnr_T	start_col;
397     colnr_T	end_col;
398     int		sort_what = 0;
399     int		format_found = 0;
400     int		change_occurred = FALSE; // Buffer contents changed.
401 
402     /* Sorting one line is really quick! */
403     if (count <= 1)
404 	return;
405 
406     if (u_save((linenr_T)(eap->line1 - 1), (linenr_T)(eap->line2 + 1)) == FAIL)
407 	return;
408     sortbuf1 = NULL;
409     sortbuf2 = NULL;
410     regmatch.regprog = NULL;
411     nrs = (sorti_T *)lalloc((long_u)(count * sizeof(sorti_T)), TRUE);
412     if (nrs == NULL)
413 	goto sortend;
414 
415     sort_abort = sort_ic = sort_rx = sort_nr = 0;
416 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
417     sort_flt = 0;
418 #endif
419 
420     for (p = eap->arg; *p != NUL; ++p)
421     {
422 	if (VIM_ISWHITE(*p))
423 	    ;
424 	else if (*p == 'i')
425 	    sort_ic = TRUE;
426 	else if (*p == 'r')
427 	    sort_rx = TRUE;
428 	else if (*p == 'n')
429 	{
430 	    sort_nr = 1;
431 	    ++format_found;
432 	}
433 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
434 	else if (*p == 'f')
435 	{
436 	    sort_flt = 1;
437 	    ++format_found;
438 	}
439 #endif
440 	else if (*p == 'b')
441 	{
442 	    sort_what = STR2NR_BIN + STR2NR_FORCE;
443 	    ++format_found;
444 	}
445 	else if (*p == 'o')
446 	{
447 	    sort_what = STR2NR_OCT + STR2NR_FORCE;
448 	    ++format_found;
449 	}
450 	else if (*p == 'x')
451 	{
452 	    sort_what = STR2NR_HEX + STR2NR_FORCE;
453 	    ++format_found;
454 	}
455 	else if (*p == 'u')
456 	    unique = TRUE;
457 	else if (*p == '"')	/* comment start */
458 	    break;
459 	else if (check_nextcmd(p) != NULL)
460 	{
461 	    eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(p);
462 	    break;
463 	}
464 	else if (!ASCII_ISALPHA(*p) && regmatch.regprog == NULL)
465 	{
466 	    s = skip_regexp(p + 1, *p, TRUE, NULL);
467 	    if (*s != *p)
468 	    {
469 		emsg(_(e_invalpat));
470 		goto sortend;
471 	    }
472 	    *s = NUL;
473 	    /* Use last search pattern if sort pattern is empty. */
474 	    if (s == p + 1)
475 	    {
476 		if (last_search_pat() == NULL)
477 		{
478 		    emsg(_(e_noprevre));
479 		    goto sortend;
480 		}
481 		regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(last_search_pat(), RE_MAGIC);
482 	    }
483 	    else
484 		regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(p + 1, RE_MAGIC);
485 	    if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
486 		goto sortend;
487 	    p = s;		/* continue after the regexp */
488 	    regmatch.rm_ic = p_ic;
489 	}
490 	else
491 	{
492 	    semsg(_(e_invarg2), p);
493 	    goto sortend;
494 	}
495     }
496 
497     /* Can only have one of 'n', 'b', 'o' and 'x'. */
498     if (format_found > 1)
499     {
500 	emsg(_(e_invarg));
501 	goto sortend;
502     }
503 
504     /* From here on "sort_nr" is used as a flag for any integer number
505      * sorting. */
506     sort_nr += sort_what;
507 
508     /*
509      * Make an array with all line numbers.  This avoids having to copy all
510      * the lines into allocated memory.
511      * When sorting on strings "start_col_nr" is the offset in the line, for
512      * numbers sorting it's the number to sort on.  This means the pattern
513      * matching and number conversion only has to be done once per line.
514      * Also get the longest line length for allocating "sortbuf".
515      */
516     for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2; ++lnum)
517     {
518 	s = ml_get(lnum);
519 	len = (int)STRLEN(s);
520 	if (maxlen < len)
521 	    maxlen = len;
522 
523 	start_col = 0;
524 	end_col = len;
525 	if (regmatch.regprog != NULL && vim_regexec(&regmatch, s, 0))
526 	{
527 	    if (sort_rx)
528 	    {
529 		start_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.startp[0] - s);
530 		end_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.endp[0] - s);
531 	    }
532 	    else
533 		start_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.endp[0] - s);
534 	}
535 	else
536 	    if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
537 		end_col = 0;
538 
539 	if (sort_nr
540 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
541 		|| sort_flt
542 #endif
543 		)
544 	{
545 	    /* Make sure vim_str2nr doesn't read any digits past the end
546 	     * of the match, by temporarily terminating the string there */
547 	    s2 = s + end_col;
548 	    c = *s2;
549 	    *s2 = NUL;
550 	    /* Sorting on number: Store the number itself. */
551 	    p = s + start_col;
552 	    if (sort_nr)
553 	    {
554 		if (sort_what & STR2NR_HEX)
555 		    s = skiptohex(p);
556 		else if (sort_what & STR2NR_BIN)
557 		    s = skiptobin(p);
558 		else
559 		    s = skiptodigit(p);
560 		if (s > p && s[-1] == '-')
561 		    --s;  /* include preceding negative sign */
562 		if (*s == NUL)
563 		{
564 		    /* line without number should sort before any number */
565 		    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.num.is_number = FALSE;
566 		    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.num.value = 0;
567 		}
568 		else
569 		{
570 		    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.num.is_number = TRUE;
571 		    vim_str2nr(s, NULL, NULL, sort_what,
572 			       &nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.num.value, NULL, 0);
573 		}
574 	    }
575 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT
576 	    else
577 	    {
578 		s = skipwhite(p);
579 		if (*s == '+')
580 		    s = skipwhite(s + 1);
581 
582 		if (*s == NUL)
583 		    /* empty line should sort before any number */
584 		    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value_flt = -DBL_MAX;
585 		else
586 		    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value_flt =
587 						      strtod((char *)s, NULL);
588 	    }
589 #endif
590 	    *s2 = c;
591 	}
592 	else
593 	{
594 	    /* Store the column to sort at. */
595 	    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.line.start_col_nr = start_col;
596 	    nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.line.end_col_nr = end_col;
597 	}
598 
599 	nrs[lnum - eap->line1].lnum = lnum;
600 
601 	if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
602 	    fast_breakcheck();
603 	if (got_int)
604 	    goto sortend;
605     }
606 
607     /* Allocate a buffer that can hold the longest line. */
608     sortbuf1 = alloc((unsigned)maxlen + 1);
609     if (sortbuf1 == NULL)
610 	goto sortend;
611     sortbuf2 = alloc((unsigned)maxlen + 1);
612     if (sortbuf2 == NULL)
613 	goto sortend;
614 
615     /* Sort the array of line numbers.  Note: can't be interrupted! */
616     qsort((void *)nrs, count, sizeof(sorti_T), sort_compare);
617 
618     if (sort_abort)
619 	goto sortend;
620 
621     /* Insert the lines in the sorted order below the last one. */
622     lnum = eap->line2;
623     for (i = 0; i < count; ++i)
624     {
625 	linenr_T get_lnum = nrs[eap->forceit ? count - i - 1 : i].lnum;
626 
627 	// If the original line number of the line being placed is not the same
628 	// as "lnum" (accounting for offset), we know that the buffer changed.
629 	if (get_lnum + ((linenr_T)count - 1) != lnum)
630 	    change_occurred = TRUE;
631 
632 	s = ml_get(get_lnum);
633 	if (!unique || i == 0
634 		|| (sort_ic ? STRICMP(s, sortbuf1) : STRCMP(s, sortbuf1)) != 0)
635 	{
636 	    // Copy the line into a buffer, it may become invalid in
637 	    // ml_append(). And it's needed for "unique".
638 	    STRCPY(sortbuf1, s);
639 	    if (ml_append(lnum++, sortbuf1, (colnr_T)0, FALSE) == FAIL)
640 		break;
641 	}
642 	fast_breakcheck();
643 	if (got_int)
644 	    goto sortend;
645     }
646 
647     /* delete the original lines if appending worked */
648     if (i == count)
649 	for (i = 0; i < count; ++i)
650 	    ml_delete(eap->line1, FALSE);
651     else
652 	count = 0;
653 
654     /* Adjust marks for deleted (or added) lines and prepare for displaying. */
655     deleted = (long)(count - (lnum - eap->line2));
656     if (deleted > 0)
657     {
658 	mark_adjust(eap->line2 - deleted, eap->line2, (long)MAXLNUM, -deleted);
659 	msgmore(-deleted);
660     }
661     else if (deleted < 0)
662 	mark_adjust(eap->line2, MAXLNUM, -deleted, 0L);
663 
664     if (change_occurred || deleted != 0)
665 	changed_lines(eap->line1, 0, eap->line2 + 1, -deleted);
666 
667     curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1;
668     beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);
669 
670 sortend:
671     vim_free(nrs);
672     vim_free(sortbuf1);
673     vim_free(sortbuf2);
674     vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog);
675     if (got_int)
676 	emsg(_(e_interr));
677 }
678 
679 /*
680  * ":retab".
681  */
682     void
683 ex_retab(exarg_T *eap)
684 {
685     linenr_T	lnum;
686     int		got_tab = FALSE;
687     long	num_spaces = 0;
688     long	num_tabs;
689     long	len;
690     long	col;
691     long	vcol;
692     long	start_col = 0;		/* For start of white-space string */
693     long	start_vcol = 0;		/* For start of white-space string */
694     long	old_len;
695     char_u	*ptr;
696     char_u	*new_line = (char_u *)1;    /* init to non-NULL */
697     int		did_undo;		/* called u_save for current line */
698 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
699     int		*new_vts_array = NULL;
700     char_u	*new_ts_str;		/* string value of tab argument */
701 #else
702     int		temp;
703     int		new_ts;
704 #endif
705     int		save_list;
706     linenr_T	first_line = 0;		/* first changed line */
707     linenr_T	last_line = 0;		/* last changed line */
708 
709     save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
710     curwin->w_p_list = 0;	    /* don't want list mode here */
711 
712 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
713     new_ts_str = eap->arg;
714     if (!tabstop_set(eap->arg, &new_vts_array))
715 	return;
716     while (vim_isdigit(*(eap->arg)) || *(eap->arg) == ',')
717 	++(eap->arg);
718 
719     // This ensures that either new_vts_array and new_ts_str are freshly
720     // allocated, or new_vts_array points to an existing array and new_ts_str
721     // is null.
722     if (new_vts_array == NULL)
723     {
724 	new_vts_array = curbuf->b_p_vts_array;
725 	new_ts_str = NULL;
726     }
727     else
728 	new_ts_str = vim_strnsave(new_ts_str, eap->arg - new_ts_str);
729 #else
730     new_ts = getdigits(&(eap->arg));
731     if (new_ts < 0)
732     {
733 	emsg(_(e_positive));
734 	return;
735     }
736     if (new_ts == 0)
737 	new_ts = curbuf->b_p_ts;
738 #endif
739     for (lnum = eap->line1; !got_int && lnum <= eap->line2; ++lnum)
740     {
741 	ptr = ml_get(lnum);
742 	col = 0;
743 	vcol = 0;
744 	did_undo = FALSE;
745 	for (;;)
746 	{
747 	    if (VIM_ISWHITE(ptr[col]))
748 	    {
749 		if (!got_tab && num_spaces == 0)
750 		{
751 		    /* First consecutive white-space */
752 		    start_vcol = vcol;
753 		    start_col = col;
754 		}
755 		if (ptr[col] == ' ')
756 		    num_spaces++;
757 		else
758 		    got_tab = TRUE;
759 	    }
760 	    else
761 	    {
762 		if (got_tab || (eap->forceit && num_spaces > 1))
763 		{
764 		    /* Retabulate this string of white-space */
765 
766 		    /* len is virtual length of white string */
767 		    len = num_spaces = vcol - start_vcol;
768 		    num_tabs = 0;
769 		    if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
770 		    {
771 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
772 			int t, s;
773 
774 			tabstop_fromto(start_vcol, vcol,
775 					curbuf->b_p_ts, new_vts_array, &t, &s);
776 			num_tabs = t;
777 			num_spaces = s;
778 #else
779 			temp = new_ts - (start_vcol % new_ts);
780 			if (num_spaces >= temp)
781 			{
782 			    num_spaces -= temp;
783 			    num_tabs++;
784 			}
785 			num_tabs += num_spaces / new_ts;
786 			num_spaces -= (num_spaces / new_ts) * new_ts;
787 #endif
788 		    }
789 		    if (curbuf->b_p_et || got_tab ||
790 					(num_spaces + num_tabs < len))
791 		    {
792 			if (did_undo == FALSE)
793 			{
794 			    did_undo = TRUE;
795 			    if (u_save((linenr_T)(lnum - 1),
796 						(linenr_T)(lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
797 			    {
798 				new_line = NULL;	/* flag out-of-memory */
799 				break;
800 			    }
801 			}
802 
803 			/* len is actual number of white characters used */
804 			len = num_spaces + num_tabs;
805 			old_len = (long)STRLEN(ptr);
806 			new_line = lalloc(old_len - col + start_col + len + 1,
807 									TRUE);
808 			if (new_line == NULL)
809 			    break;
810 			if (start_col > 0)
811 			    mch_memmove(new_line, ptr, (size_t)start_col);
812 			mch_memmove(new_line + start_col + len,
813 				      ptr + col, (size_t)(old_len - col + 1));
814 			ptr = new_line + start_col;
815 			for (col = 0; col < len; col++)
816 			    ptr[col] = (col < num_tabs) ? '\t' : ' ';
817 			ml_replace(lnum, new_line, FALSE);
818 			if (first_line == 0)
819 			    first_line = lnum;
820 			last_line = lnum;
821 			ptr = new_line;
822 			col = start_col + len;
823 		    }
824 		}
825 		got_tab = FALSE;
826 		num_spaces = 0;
827 	    }
828 	    if (ptr[col] == NUL)
829 		break;
830 	    vcol += chartabsize(ptr + col, (colnr_T)vcol);
831 	    if (has_mbyte)
832 		col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + col);
833 	    else
834 		++col;
835 	}
836 	if (new_line == NULL)		    /* out of memory */
837 	    break;
838 	line_breakcheck();
839     }
840     if (got_int)
841 	emsg(_(e_interr));
842 
843 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
844     // If a single value was given then it can be considered equal to
845     // either the value of 'tabstop' or the value of 'vartabstop'.
846     if (tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vts_array) == 0
847 	&& tabstop_count(new_vts_array) == 1
848 	&& curbuf->b_p_ts == tabstop_first(new_vts_array))
849 	; /* not changed */
850     else if (tabstop_count(curbuf->b_p_vts_array) > 0
851         && tabstop_eq(curbuf->b_p_vts_array, new_vts_array))
852 	; /* not changed */
853     else
854 	redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
855 #else
856     if (curbuf->b_p_ts != new_ts)
857 	redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
858 #endif
859     if (first_line != 0)
860 	changed_lines(first_line, 0, last_line + 1, 0L);
861 
862     curwin->w_p_list = save_list;	/* restore 'list' */
863 
864 #ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
865     if (new_ts_str != NULL)		/* set the new tabstop */
866     {
867 	// If 'vartabstop' is in use or if the value given to retab has more
868 	// than one tabstop then update 'vartabstop'.
869 	int *old_vts_ary = curbuf->b_p_vts_array;
870 
871 	if (tabstop_count(old_vts_ary) > 0 || tabstop_count(new_vts_array) > 1)
872 	{
873 	    set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"vts", -1, new_ts_str,
874 							OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0);
875 	    curbuf->b_p_vts_array = new_vts_array;
876 	    vim_free(old_vts_ary);
877 	}
878 	else
879 	{
880 	    // 'vartabstop' wasn't in use and a single value was given to
881 	    // retab then update 'tabstop'.
882 	    curbuf->b_p_ts = tabstop_first(new_vts_array);
883 	    vim_free(new_vts_array);
884 	}
885 	vim_free(new_ts_str);
886     }
887 #else
888     curbuf->b_p_ts = new_ts;
889 #endif
890     coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
891 
892     u_clearline();
893 }
894 
895 /*
896  * :move command - move lines line1-line2 to line dest
897  *
898  * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
899  */
900     int
901 do_move(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, linenr_T dest)
902 {
903     char_u	*str;
904     linenr_T	l;
905     linenr_T	extra;	    // Num lines added before line1
906     linenr_T	num_lines;  // Num lines moved
907     linenr_T	last_line;  // Last line in file after adding new text
908 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
909     win_T	*win;
910     tabpage_T	*tp;
911 #endif
912 
913     if (dest >= line1 && dest < line2)
914     {
915 	emsg(_("E134: Cannot move a range of lines into itself"));
916 	return FAIL;
917     }
918 
919     // Do nothing if we are not actually moving any lines.  This will prevent
920     // the 'modified' flag from being set without cause.
921     if (dest == line1 - 1 || dest == line2)
922     {
923 	// Move the cursor as if lines were moved (see below) to be backwards
924 	// compatible.
925 	if (dest >= line1)
926 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest;
927 	else
928 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest + (line2 - line1) + 1;
929 
930 	return OK;
931     }
932 
933     num_lines = line2 - line1 + 1;
934 
935     /*
936      * First we copy the old text to its new location -- webb
937      * Also copy the flag that ":global" command uses.
938      */
939     if (u_save(dest, dest + 1) == FAIL)
940 	return FAIL;
941     for (extra = 0, l = line1; l <= line2; l++)
942     {
943 	str = vim_strsave(ml_get(l + extra));
944 	if (str != NULL)
945 	{
946 	    ml_append(dest + l - line1, str, (colnr_T)0, FALSE);
947 	    vim_free(str);
948 	    if (dest < line1)
949 		extra++;
950 	}
951     }
952 
953     /*
954      * Now we must be careful adjusting our marks so that we don't overlap our
955      * mark_adjust() calls.
956      *
957      * We adjust the marks within the old text so that they refer to the
958      * last lines of the file (temporarily), because we know no other marks
959      * will be set there since these line numbers did not exist until we added
960      * our new lines.
961      *
962      * Then we adjust the marks on lines between the old and new text positions
963      * (either forwards or backwards).
964      *
965      * And Finally we adjust the marks we put at the end of the file back to
966      * their final destination at the new text position -- webb
967      */
968     last_line = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
969     mark_adjust_nofold(line1, line2, last_line - line2, 0L);
970     if (dest >= line2)
971     {
972 	mark_adjust_nofold(line2 + 1, dest, -num_lines, 0L);
973 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
974 	FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win) {
975 	    if (win->w_buffer == curbuf)
976 		foldMoveRange(&win->w_folds, line1, line2, dest);
977 	}
978 #endif
979 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = dest - num_lines + 1;
980 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = dest;
981     }
982     else
983     {
984 	mark_adjust_nofold(dest + 1, line1 - 1, num_lines, 0L);
985 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
986 	FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win) {
987 	    if (win->w_buffer == curbuf)
988 		foldMoveRange(&win->w_folds, dest + 1, line1 - 1, line2);
989 	}
990 #endif
991 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = dest + 1;
992 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = dest + num_lines;
993     }
994     curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0;
995     mark_adjust_nofold(last_line - num_lines + 1, last_line,
996 					     -(last_line - dest - extra), 0L);
997 
998     /*
999      * Now we delete the original text -- webb
1000      */
1001     if (u_save(line1 + extra - 1, line2 + extra + 1) == FAIL)
1002 	return FAIL;
1003 
1004     for (l = line1; l <= line2; l++)
1005 	ml_delete(line1 + extra, TRUE);
1006 
1007     if (!global_busy && num_lines > p_report)
1008 	smsg(NGETTEXT("%ld line moved", "%ld lines moved", num_lines),
1009 			(long)num_lines);
1010 
1011     /*
1012      * Leave the cursor on the last of the moved lines.
1013      */
1014     if (dest >= line1)
1015 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest;
1016     else
1017 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest + (line2 - line1) + 1;
1018 
1019     if (line1 < dest)
1020     {
1021 	dest += num_lines + 1;
1022 	last_line = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
1023 	if (dest > last_line + 1)
1024 	    dest = last_line + 1;
1025 	changed_lines(line1, 0, dest, 0L);
1026     }
1027     else
1028 	changed_lines(dest + 1, 0, line1 + num_lines, 0L);
1029 
1030     return OK;
1031 }
1032 
1033 /*
1034  * ":copy"
1035  */
1036     void
1037 ex_copy(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, linenr_T n)
1038 {
1039     linenr_T	count;
1040     char_u	*p;
1041 
1042     count = line2 - line1 + 1;
1043     curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = n + 1;
1044     curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = n + count;
1045     curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0;
1046 
1047     /*
1048      * there are three situations:
1049      * 1. destination is above line1
1050      * 2. destination is between line1 and line2
1051      * 3. destination is below line2
1052      *
1053      * n = destination (when starting)
1054      * curwin->w_cursor.lnum = destination (while copying)
1055      * line1 = start of source (while copying)
1056      * line2 = end of source (while copying)
1057      */
1058     if (u_save(n, n + 1) == FAIL)
1059 	return;
1060 
1061     curwin->w_cursor.lnum = n;
1062     while (line1 <= line2)
1063     {
1064 	/* need to use vim_strsave() because the line will be unlocked within
1065 	 * ml_append() */
1066 	p = vim_strsave(ml_get(line1));
1067 	if (p != NULL)
1068 	{
1069 	    ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p, (colnr_T)0, FALSE);
1070 	    vim_free(p);
1071 	}
1072 	/* situation 2: skip already copied lines */
1073 	if (line1 == n)
1074 	    line1 = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1075 	++line1;
1076 	if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < line1)
1077 	    ++line1;
1078 	if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < line2)
1079 	    ++line2;
1080 	++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1081     }
1082 
1083     appended_lines_mark(n, count);
1084 
1085     msgmore((long)count);
1086 }
1087 
1088 static char_u	*prevcmd = NULL;	/* the previous command */
1089 
1090 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
1091     void
1092 free_prev_shellcmd(void)
1093 {
1094     vim_free(prevcmd);
1095 }
1096 #endif
1097 
1098 /*
1099  * Handle the ":!cmd" command.	Also for ":r !cmd" and ":w !cmd"
1100  * Bangs in the argument are replaced with the previously entered command.
1101  * Remember the argument.
1102  */
1103     void
1104 do_bang(
1105     int		addr_count,
1106     exarg_T	*eap,
1107     int		forceit,
1108     int		do_in,
1109     int		do_out)
1110 {
1111     char_u		*arg = eap->arg;	/* command */
1112     linenr_T		line1 = eap->line1;	/* start of range */
1113     linenr_T		line2 = eap->line2;	/* end of range */
1114     char_u		*newcmd = NULL;		/* the new command */
1115     int			free_newcmd = FALSE;    /* need to free() newcmd */
1116     int			ins_prevcmd;
1117     char_u		*t;
1118     char_u		*p;
1119     char_u		*trailarg;
1120     int			len;
1121     int			scroll_save = msg_scroll;
1122 
1123     /*
1124      * Disallow shell commands for "rvim".
1125      * Disallow shell commands from .exrc and .vimrc in current directory for
1126      * security reasons.
1127      */
1128     if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
1129 	return;
1130 
1131     if (addr_count == 0)		/* :! */
1132     {
1133 	msg_scroll = FALSE;	    /* don't scroll here */
1134 	autowrite_all();
1135 	msg_scroll = scroll_save;
1136     }
1137 
1138     /*
1139      * Try to find an embedded bang, like in :!<cmd> ! [args]
1140      * (:!! is indicated by the 'forceit' variable)
1141      */
1142     ins_prevcmd = forceit;
1143     trailarg = arg;
1144     do
1145     {
1146 	len = (int)STRLEN(trailarg) + 1;
1147 	if (newcmd != NULL)
1148 	    len += (int)STRLEN(newcmd);
1149 	if (ins_prevcmd)
1150 	{
1151 	    if (prevcmd == NULL)
1152 	    {
1153 		emsg(_(e_noprev));
1154 		vim_free(newcmd);
1155 		return;
1156 	    }
1157 	    len += (int)STRLEN(prevcmd);
1158 	}
1159 	if ((t = alloc((unsigned)len)) == NULL)
1160 	{
1161 	    vim_free(newcmd);
1162 	    return;
1163 	}
1164 	*t = NUL;
1165 	if (newcmd != NULL)
1166 	    STRCAT(t, newcmd);
1167 	if (ins_prevcmd)
1168 	    STRCAT(t, prevcmd);
1169 	p = t + STRLEN(t);
1170 	STRCAT(t, trailarg);
1171 	vim_free(newcmd);
1172 	newcmd = t;
1173 
1174 	/*
1175 	 * Scan the rest of the argument for '!', which is replaced by the
1176 	 * previous command.  "\!" is replaced by "!" (this is vi compatible).
1177 	 */
1178 	trailarg = NULL;
1179 	while (*p)
1180 	{
1181 	    if (*p == '!')
1182 	    {
1183 		if (p > newcmd && p[-1] == '\\')
1184 		    STRMOVE(p - 1, p);
1185 		else
1186 		{
1187 		    trailarg = p;
1188 		    *trailarg++ = NUL;
1189 		    ins_prevcmd = TRUE;
1190 		    break;
1191 		}
1192 	    }
1193 	    ++p;
1194 	}
1195     } while (trailarg != NULL);
1196 
1197     vim_free(prevcmd);
1198     prevcmd = newcmd;
1199 
1200     if (bangredo)	    /* put cmd in redo buffer for ! command */
1201     {
1202 	/* If % or # appears in the command, it must have been escaped.
1203 	 * Reescape them, so that redoing them does not substitute them by the
1204 	 * buffername. */
1205 	char_u *cmd = vim_strsave_escaped(prevcmd, (char_u *)"%#");
1206 
1207 	if (cmd != NULL)
1208 	{
1209 	    AppendToRedobuffLit(cmd, -1);
1210 	    vim_free(cmd);
1211 	}
1212 	else
1213 	    AppendToRedobuffLit(prevcmd, -1);
1214 	AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\n");
1215 	bangredo = FALSE;
1216     }
1217     /*
1218      * Add quotes around the command, for shells that need them.
1219      */
1220     if (*p_shq != NUL)
1221     {
1222 	newcmd = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(prevcmd) + 2 * STRLEN(p_shq) + 1));
1223 	if (newcmd == NULL)
1224 	    return;
1225 	STRCPY(newcmd, p_shq);
1226 	STRCAT(newcmd, prevcmd);
1227 	STRCAT(newcmd, p_shq);
1228 	free_newcmd = TRUE;
1229     }
1230     if (addr_count == 0)		/* :! */
1231     {
1232 	/* echo the command */
1233 	msg_start();
1234 	msg_putchar(':');
1235 	msg_putchar('!');
1236 	msg_outtrans(newcmd);
1237 	msg_clr_eos();
1238 	windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
1239 
1240 	do_shell(newcmd, 0);
1241     }
1242     else				/* :range! */
1243     {
1244 	/* Careful: This may recursively call do_bang() again! (because of
1245 	 * autocommands) */
1246 	do_filter(line1, line2, eap, newcmd, do_in, do_out);
1247 	apply_autocmds(EVENT_SHELLFILTERPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
1248     }
1249     if (free_newcmd)
1250 	vim_free(newcmd);
1251 }
1252 
1253 /*
1254  * do_filter: filter lines through a command given by the user
1255  *
1256  * We mostly use temp files and the call_shell() routine here. This would
1257  * normally be done using pipes on a UNIX machine, but this is more portable
1258  * to non-unix machines. The call_shell() routine needs to be able
1259  * to deal with redirection somehow, and should handle things like looking
1260  * at the PATH env. variable, and adding reasonable extensions to the
1261  * command name given by the user. All reasonable versions of call_shell()
1262  * do this.
1263  * Alternatively, if on Unix and redirecting input or output, but not both,
1264  * and the 'shelltemp' option isn't set, use pipes.
1265  * We use input redirection if do_in is TRUE.
1266  * We use output redirection if do_out is TRUE.
1267  */
1268     static void
1269 do_filter(
1270     linenr_T	line1,
1271     linenr_T	line2,
1272     exarg_T	*eap,		/* for forced 'ff' and 'fenc' */
1273     char_u	*cmd,
1274     int		do_in,
1275     int		do_out)
1276 {
1277     char_u	*itmp = NULL;
1278     char_u	*otmp = NULL;
1279     linenr_T	linecount;
1280     linenr_T	read_linecount;
1281     pos_T	cursor_save;
1282     char_u	*cmd_buf;
1283     buf_T	*old_curbuf = curbuf;
1284     int		shell_flags = 0;
1285 
1286     if (*cmd == NUL)	    /* no filter command */
1287 	return;
1288 
1289     cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
1290     linecount = line2 - line1 + 1;
1291     curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line1;
1292     curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1293     changed_line_abv_curs();
1294     invalidate_botline();
1295 
1296     /*
1297      * When using temp files:
1298      * 1. * Form temp file names
1299      * 2. * Write the lines to a temp file
1300      * 3.   Run the filter command on the temp file
1301      * 4. * Read the output of the command into the buffer
1302      * 5. * Delete the original lines to be filtered
1303      * 6. * Remove the temp files
1304      *
1305      * When writing the input with a pipe or when catching the output with a
1306      * pipe only need to do 3.
1307      */
1308 
1309     if (do_out)
1310 	shell_flags |= SHELL_DOOUT;
1311 
1312 #ifdef FEAT_FILTERPIPE
1313     if (!do_in && do_out && !p_stmp)
1314     {
1315 	/* Use a pipe to fetch stdout of the command, do not use a temp file. */
1316 	shell_flags |= SHELL_READ;
1317 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line2;
1318     }
1319     else if (do_in && !do_out && !p_stmp)
1320     {
1321 	/* Use a pipe to write stdin of the command, do not use a temp file. */
1322 	shell_flags |= SHELL_WRITE;
1323 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line1;
1324 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2;
1325     }
1326     else if (do_in && do_out && !p_stmp)
1327     {
1328 	/* Use a pipe to write stdin and fetch stdout of the command, do not
1329 	 * use a temp file. */
1330 	shell_flags |= SHELL_READ|SHELL_WRITE;
1331 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line1;
1332 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2;
1333 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line2;
1334     }
1335     else
1336 #endif
1337 	if ((do_in && (itmp = vim_tempname('i', FALSE)) == NULL)
1338 		|| (do_out && (otmp = vim_tempname('o', FALSE)) == NULL))
1339 	{
1340 	    emsg(_(e_notmp));
1341 	    goto filterend;
1342 	}
1343 
1344 /*
1345  * The writing and reading of temp files will not be shown.
1346  * Vi also doesn't do this and the messages are not very informative.
1347  */
1348     ++no_wait_return;		/* don't call wait_return() while busy */
1349     if (itmp != NULL && buf_write(curbuf, itmp, NULL, line1, line2, eap,
1350 					   FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE) == FAIL)
1351     {
1352 	msg_putchar('\n');		/* keep message from buf_write() */
1353 	--no_wait_return;
1354 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
1355 	if (!aborting())
1356 #endif
1357 	    (void)semsg(_(e_notcreate), itmp);	/* will call wait_return */
1358 	goto filterend;
1359     }
1360     if (curbuf != old_curbuf)
1361 	goto filterend;
1362 
1363     if (!do_out)
1364 	msg_putchar('\n');
1365 
1366     /* Create the shell command in allocated memory. */
1367     cmd_buf = make_filter_cmd(cmd, itmp, otmp);
1368     if (cmd_buf == NULL)
1369 	goto filterend;
1370 
1371     windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
1372     cursor_on();
1373 
1374     /*
1375      * When not redirecting the output the command can write anything to the
1376      * screen. If 'shellredir' is equal to ">", screen may be messed up by
1377      * stderr output of external command. Clear the screen later.
1378      * If do_in is FALSE, this could be something like ":r !cat", which may
1379      * also mess up the screen, clear it later.
1380      */
1381     if (!do_out || STRCMP(p_srr, ">") == 0 || !do_in)
1382 	redraw_later_clear();
1383 
1384     if (do_out)
1385     {
1386 	if (u_save((linenr_T)(line2), (linenr_T)(line2 + 1)) == FAIL)
1387 	{
1388 	    vim_free(cmd_buf);
1389 	    goto error;
1390 	}
1391 	redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
1392     }
1393     read_linecount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
1394 
1395     /*
1396      * When call_shell() fails wait_return() is called to give the user a
1397      * chance to read the error messages. Otherwise errors are ignored, so you
1398      * can see the error messages from the command that appear on stdout; use
1399      * 'u' to fix the text
1400      * Switch to cooked mode when not redirecting stdin, avoids that something
1401      * like ":r !cat" hangs.
1402      * Pass on the SHELL_DOOUT flag when the output is being redirected.
1403      */
1404     if (call_shell(cmd_buf, SHELL_FILTER | SHELL_COOKED | shell_flags))
1405     {
1406 	redraw_later_clear();
1407 	wait_return(FALSE);
1408     }
1409     vim_free(cmd_buf);
1410 
1411     did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
1412     need_check_timestamps = TRUE;
1413 
1414     /* When interrupting the shell command, it may still have produced some
1415      * useful output.  Reset got_int here, so that readfile() won't cancel
1416      * reading. */
1417     ui_breakcheck();
1418     got_int = FALSE;
1419 
1420     if (do_out)
1421     {
1422 	if (otmp != NULL)
1423 	{
1424 	    if (readfile(otmp, NULL, line2, (linenr_T)0, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM,
1425 						    eap, READ_FILTER) != OK)
1426 	    {
1427 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
1428 		if (!aborting())
1429 #endif
1430 		{
1431 		    msg_putchar('\n');
1432 		    semsg(_(e_notread), otmp);
1433 		}
1434 		goto error;
1435 	    }
1436 	    if (curbuf != old_curbuf)
1437 		goto filterend;
1438 	}
1439 
1440 	read_linecount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - read_linecount;
1441 
1442 	if (shell_flags & SHELL_READ)
1443 	{
1444 	    curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line2 + 1;
1445 	    curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1446 	    appended_lines_mark(line2, read_linecount);
1447 	}
1448 
1449 	if (do_in)
1450 	{
1451 	    if (cmdmod.keepmarks || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REMMARK) == NULL)
1452 	    {
1453 		if (read_linecount >= linecount)
1454 		    /* move all marks from old lines to new lines */
1455 		    mark_adjust(line1, line2, linecount, 0L);
1456 		else
1457 		{
1458 		    /* move marks from old lines to new lines, delete marks
1459 		     * that are in deleted lines */
1460 		    mark_adjust(line1, line1 + read_linecount - 1,
1461 								linecount, 0L);
1462 		    mark_adjust(line1 + read_linecount, line2, MAXLNUM, 0L);
1463 		}
1464 	    }
1465 
1466 	    /*
1467 	     * Put cursor on first filtered line for ":range!cmd".
1468 	     * Adjust '[ and '] (set by buf_write()).
1469 	     */
1470 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line1;
1471 	    del_lines(linecount, TRUE);
1472 	    curbuf->b_op_start.lnum -= linecount;	/* adjust '[ */
1473 	    curbuf->b_op_end.lnum -= linecount;		/* adjust '] */
1474 	    write_lnum_adjust(-linecount);		/* adjust last line
1475 							   for next write */
1476 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1477 	    foldUpdate(curwin, curbuf->b_op_start.lnum, curbuf->b_op_end.lnum);
1478 #endif
1479 	}
1480 	else
1481 	{
1482 	    /*
1483 	     * Put cursor on last new line for ":r !cmd".
1484 	     */
1485 	    linecount = curbuf->b_op_end.lnum - curbuf->b_op_start.lnum + 1;
1486 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_op_end.lnum;
1487 	}
1488 
1489 	beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);	    /* cursor on first non-blank */
1490 	--no_wait_return;
1491 
1492 	if (linecount > p_report)
1493 	{
1494 	    if (do_in)
1495 	    {
1496 		vim_snprintf(msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf),
1497 				    _("%ld lines filtered"), (long)linecount);
1498 		if (msg(msg_buf) && !msg_scroll)
1499 		    /* save message to display it after redraw */
1500 		    set_keep_msg((char_u *)msg_buf, 0);
1501 	    }
1502 	    else
1503 		msgmore((long)linecount);
1504 	}
1505     }
1506     else
1507     {
1508 error:
1509 	/* put cursor back in same position for ":w !cmd" */
1510 	curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
1511 	--no_wait_return;
1512 	wait_return(FALSE);
1513     }
1514 
1515 filterend:
1516 
1517     if (curbuf != old_curbuf)
1518     {
1519 	--no_wait_return;
1520 	emsg(_("E135: *Filter* Autocommands must not change current buffer"));
1521     }
1522     if (itmp != NULL)
1523 	mch_remove(itmp);
1524     if (otmp != NULL)
1525 	mch_remove(otmp);
1526     vim_free(itmp);
1527     vim_free(otmp);
1528 }
1529 
1530 /*
1531  * Call a shell to execute a command.
1532  * When "cmd" is NULL start an interactive shell.
1533  */
1534     void
1535 do_shell(
1536     char_u	*cmd,
1537     int		flags)	/* may be SHELL_DOOUT when output is redirected */
1538 {
1539     buf_T	*buf;
1540 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
1541     int		save_nwr;
1542 #endif
1543 #ifdef MSWIN
1544     int		winstart = FALSE;
1545     int		keep_termcap = FALSE;
1546 #endif
1547 
1548     /*
1549      * Disallow shell commands for "rvim".
1550      * Disallow shell commands from .exrc and .vimrc in current directory for
1551      * security reasons.
1552      */
1553     if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
1554     {
1555 	msg_end();
1556 	return;
1557     }
1558 
1559 #ifdef MSWIN
1560     /*
1561      * Check if ":!start" is used.  This implies not stopping termcap mode.
1562      */
1563     if (cmd != NULL)
1564 	keep_termcap = winstart = (STRNICMP(cmd, "start ", 6) == 0);
1565 
1566 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_TERMINAL)
1567     // Don't stop termcap mode when using a terminal window for the shell.
1568     if (gui.in_use && vim_strchr(p_go, GO_TERMINAL) != NULL)
1569 	keep_termcap = TRUE;
1570 # endif
1571 #endif
1572 
1573     /*
1574      * For autocommands we want to get the output on the current screen, to
1575      * avoid having to type return below.
1576      */
1577     msg_putchar('\r');			// put cursor at start of line
1578     if (!autocmd_busy)
1579     {
1580 #ifdef MSWIN
1581 	if (!keep_termcap)
1582 #endif
1583 	    stoptermcap();
1584     }
1585 #ifdef MSWIN
1586     if (!winstart)
1587 #endif
1588 	msg_putchar('\n');		// may shift screen one line up
1589 
1590     // warning message before calling the shell
1591     if (p_warn && !autocmd_busy && msg_silent == 0)
1592 	FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf)
1593 	    if (bufIsChangedNotTerm(buf))
1594 	    {
1595 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
1596 		if (!keep_termcap)
1597 		    starttermcap();	// don't want a message box here
1598 #endif
1599 		msg_puts(_("[No write since last change]\n"));
1600 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
1601 		if (!keep_termcap)
1602 		    stoptermcap();
1603 #endif
1604 		break;
1605 	    }
1606 
1607     // This windgoto is required for when the '\n' resulted in a "delete line
1608     // 1" command to the terminal.
1609     if (!swapping_screen())
1610 	windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
1611     cursor_on();
1612     (void)call_shell(cmd, SHELL_COOKED | flags);
1613     did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
1614     need_check_timestamps = TRUE;
1615 
1616     /*
1617      * put the message cursor at the end of the screen, avoids wait_return()
1618      * to overwrite the text that the external command showed
1619      */
1620     if (!swapping_screen())
1621     {
1622 	msg_row = Rows - 1;
1623 	msg_col = 0;
1624     }
1625 
1626     if (autocmd_busy)
1627     {
1628 	if (msg_silent == 0)
1629 	    redraw_later_clear();
1630     }
1631     else
1632     {
1633 	/*
1634 	 * For ":sh" there is no need to call wait_return(), just redraw.
1635 	 * Also for the Win32 GUI (the output is in a console window).
1636 	 * Otherwise there is probably text on the screen that the user wants
1637 	 * to read before redrawing, so call wait_return().
1638 	 */
1639 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
1640 	if (cmd == NULL
1641 # ifdef MSWIN
1642 		|| (keep_termcap && !need_wait_return)
1643 # endif
1644 	   )
1645 	{
1646 	    if (msg_silent == 0)
1647 		redraw_later_clear();
1648 	    need_wait_return = FALSE;
1649 	}
1650 	else
1651 	{
1652 	    /*
1653 	     * If we switch screens when starttermcap() is called, we really
1654 	     * want to wait for "hit return to continue".
1655 	     */
1656 	    save_nwr = no_wait_return;
1657 	    if (swapping_screen())
1658 		no_wait_return = FALSE;
1659 # ifdef AMIGA
1660 	    wait_return(term_console ? -1 : msg_silent == 0);	/* see below */
1661 # else
1662 	    wait_return(msg_silent == 0);
1663 # endif
1664 	    no_wait_return = save_nwr;
1665 	}
1666 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_MSWIN */
1667 
1668 #ifdef MSWIN
1669 	if (!keep_termcap)	// if keep_termcap is TRUE didn't stop termcap
1670 #endif
1671 	    starttermcap();	// start termcap if not done by wait_return()
1672 
1673 	/*
1674 	 * In an Amiga window redrawing is caused by asking the window size.
1675 	 * If we got an interrupt this will not work. The chance that the
1676 	 * window size is wrong is very small, but we need to redraw the
1677 	 * screen.  Don't do this if ':' hit in wait_return().	THIS IS UGLY
1678 	 * but it saves an extra redraw.
1679 	 */
1680 #ifdef AMIGA
1681 	if (skip_redraw)		/* ':' hit in wait_return() */
1682 	{
1683 	    if (msg_silent == 0)
1684 		redraw_later_clear();
1685 	}
1686 	else if (term_console)
1687 	{
1688 	    OUT_STR(IF_EB("\033[0 q", ESC_STR "[0 q"));	/* get window size */
1689 	    if (got_int && msg_silent == 0)
1690 		redraw_later_clear();	/* if got_int is TRUE, redraw needed */
1691 	    else
1692 		must_redraw = 0;	/* no extra redraw needed */
1693 	}
1694 #endif
1695     }
1696 
1697     /* display any error messages now */
1698     display_errors();
1699 
1700     apply_autocmds(EVENT_SHELLCMDPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
1701 }
1702 
1703 #if !defined(UNIX)
1704     static char_u *
1705 find_pipe(char_u *cmd)
1706 {
1707     char_u  *p;
1708     int	    inquote = FALSE;
1709 
1710     for (p = cmd; *p != NUL; ++p)
1711     {
1712 	if (!inquote && *p == '|')
1713 	    return p;
1714 	if (*p == '"')
1715 	    inquote = !inquote;
1716 	else if (rem_backslash(p))
1717 	    ++p;
1718     }
1719     return NULL;
1720 }
1721 #endif
1722 
1723 /*
1724  * Create a shell command from a command string, input redirection file and
1725  * output redirection file.
1726  * Returns an allocated string with the shell command, or NULL for failure.
1727  */
1728     char_u *
1729 make_filter_cmd(
1730     char_u	*cmd,		/* command */
1731     char_u	*itmp,		/* NULL or name of input file */
1732     char_u	*otmp)		/* NULL or name of output file */
1733 {
1734     char_u	*buf;
1735     long_u	len;
1736 
1737 #if defined(UNIX)
1738     int		is_fish_shell;
1739     char_u	*shell_name = get_isolated_shell_name();
1740 
1741     /* Account for fish's different syntax for subshells */
1742     is_fish_shell = (fnamecmp(shell_name, "fish") == 0);
1743     vim_free(shell_name);
1744     if (is_fish_shell)
1745 	len = (long_u)STRLEN(cmd) + 13;		/* "begin; " + "; end" + NUL */
1746     else
1747 #endif
1748 	len = (long_u)STRLEN(cmd) + 3;			/* "()" + NUL */
1749     if (itmp != NULL)
1750 	len += (long_u)STRLEN(itmp) + 9;		/* " { < " + " } " */
1751     if (otmp != NULL)
1752 	len += (long_u)STRLEN(otmp) + (long_u)STRLEN(p_srr) + 2; /* "  " */
1753     buf = lalloc(len, TRUE);
1754     if (buf == NULL)
1755 	return NULL;
1756 
1757 #if defined(UNIX)
1758     /*
1759      * Put braces around the command (for concatenated commands) when
1760      * redirecting input and/or output.
1761      */
1762     if (itmp != NULL || otmp != NULL)
1763     {
1764 	if (is_fish_shell)
1765 	    vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, "begin; %s; end", (char *)cmd);
1766 	else
1767 	    vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, "(%s)", (char *)cmd);
1768     }
1769     else
1770 	STRCPY(buf, cmd);
1771     if (itmp != NULL)
1772     {
1773 	STRCAT(buf, " < ");
1774 	STRCAT(buf, itmp);
1775     }
1776 #else
1777     /*
1778      * For shells that don't understand braces around commands, at least allow
1779      * the use of commands in a pipe.
1780      */
1781     STRCPY(buf, cmd);
1782     if (itmp != NULL)
1783     {
1784 	char_u	*p;
1785 
1786 	/*
1787 	 * If there is a pipe, we have to put the '<' in front of it.
1788 	 * Don't do this when 'shellquote' is not empty, otherwise the
1789 	 * redirection would be inside the quotes.
1790 	 */
1791 	if (*p_shq == NUL)
1792 	{
1793 	    p = find_pipe(buf);
1794 	    if (p != NULL)
1795 		*p = NUL;
1796 	}
1797 	STRCAT(buf, " <");	/* " < " causes problems on Amiga */
1798 	STRCAT(buf, itmp);
1799 	if (*p_shq == NUL)
1800 	{
1801 	    p = find_pipe(cmd);
1802 	    if (p != NULL)
1803 	    {
1804 		STRCAT(buf, " ");   /* insert a space before the '|' for DOS */
1805 		STRCAT(buf, p);
1806 	    }
1807 	}
1808     }
1809 #endif
1810     if (otmp != NULL)
1811 	append_redir(buf, (int)len, p_srr, otmp);
1812 
1813     return buf;
1814 }
1815 
1816 /*
1817  * Append output redirection for file "fname" to the end of string buffer
1818  * "buf[buflen]"
1819  * Works with the 'shellredir' and 'shellpipe' options.
1820  * The caller should make sure that there is enough room:
1821  *	STRLEN(opt) + STRLEN(fname) + 3
1822  */
1823     void
1824 append_redir(
1825     char_u	*buf,
1826     int		buflen,
1827     char_u	*opt,
1828     char_u	*fname)
1829 {
1830     char_u	*p;
1831     char_u	*end;
1832 
1833     end = buf + STRLEN(buf);
1834     /* find "%s" */
1835     for (p = opt; (p = vim_strchr(p, '%')) != NULL; ++p)
1836     {
1837 	if (p[1] == 's') /* found %s */
1838 	    break;
1839 	if (p[1] == '%') /* skip %% */
1840 	    ++p;
1841     }
1842     if (p != NULL)
1843     {
1844 	*end = ' '; /* not really needed? Not with sh, ksh or bash */
1845 	vim_snprintf((char *)end + 1, (size_t)(buflen - (end + 1 - buf)),
1846 						  (char *)opt, (char *)fname);
1847     }
1848     else
1849 	vim_snprintf((char *)end, (size_t)(buflen - (end - buf)),
1850 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
1851 		" %s %s",
1852 #else
1853 		" %s%s",	/* " > %s" causes problems on Amiga */
1854 #endif
1855 		(char *)opt, (char *)fname);
1856 }
1857 
1858 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(PROTO)
1859 
1860 static int read_viminfo_barline(vir_T *virp, int got_encoding, int force, int writing);
1861 static void write_viminfo_version(FILE *fp_out);
1862 static void write_viminfo_barlines(vir_T *virp, FILE *fp_out);
1863 static int  viminfo_errcnt;
1864 
1865     static int
1866 no_viminfo(void)
1867 {
1868     /* "vim -i NONE" does not read or write a viminfo file */
1869     return STRCMP(p_viminfofile, "NONE") == 0;
1870 }
1871 
1872 /*
1873  * Report an error for reading a viminfo file.
1874  * Count the number of errors.	When there are more than 10, return TRUE.
1875  */
1876     int
1877 viminfo_error(char *errnum, char *message, char_u *line)
1878 {
1879     vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("%sviminfo: %s in line: "),
1880 							     errnum, message);
1881     STRNCAT(IObuff, line, IOSIZE - STRLEN(IObuff) - 1);
1882     if (IObuff[STRLEN(IObuff) - 1] == '\n')
1883 	IObuff[STRLEN(IObuff) - 1] = NUL;
1884     emsg((char *)IObuff);
1885     if (++viminfo_errcnt >= 10)
1886     {
1887 	emsg(_("E136: viminfo: Too many errors, skipping rest of file"));
1888 	return TRUE;
1889     }
1890     return FALSE;
1891 }
1892 
1893 /*
1894  * read_viminfo() -- Read the viminfo file.  Registers etc. which are already
1895  * set are not over-written unless "flags" includes VIF_FORCEIT. -- webb
1896  */
1897     int
1898 read_viminfo(
1899     char_u	*file,	    /* file name or NULL to use default name */
1900     int		flags)	    /* VIF_WANT_INFO et al. */
1901 {
1902     FILE	*fp;
1903     char_u	*fname;
1904 
1905     if (no_viminfo())
1906 	return FAIL;
1907 
1908     fname = viminfo_filename(file);	/* get file name in allocated buffer */
1909     if (fname == NULL)
1910 	return FAIL;
1911     fp = mch_fopen((char *)fname, READBIN);
1912 
1913     if (p_verbose > 0)
1914     {
1915 	verbose_enter();
1916 	smsg(_("Reading viminfo file \"%s\"%s%s%s"),
1917 		fname,
1918 		(flags & VIF_WANT_INFO) ? _(" info") : "",
1919 		(flags & VIF_WANT_MARKS) ? _(" marks") : "",
1920 		(flags & VIF_GET_OLDFILES) ? _(" oldfiles") : "",
1921 		fp == NULL ? _(" FAILED") : "");
1922 	verbose_leave();
1923     }
1924 
1925     vim_free(fname);
1926     if (fp == NULL)
1927 	return FAIL;
1928 
1929     viminfo_errcnt = 0;
1930     do_viminfo(fp, NULL, flags);
1931 
1932     fclose(fp);
1933     return OK;
1934 }
1935 
1936 /*
1937  * Write the viminfo file.  The old one is read in first so that effectively a
1938  * merge of current info and old info is done.  This allows multiple vims to
1939  * run simultaneously, without losing any marks etc.
1940  * If "forceit" is TRUE, then the old file is not read in, and only internal
1941  * info is written to the file.
1942  */
1943     void
1944 write_viminfo(char_u *file, int forceit)
1945 {
1946     char_u	*fname;
1947     FILE	*fp_in = NULL;	/* input viminfo file, if any */
1948     FILE	*fp_out = NULL;	/* output viminfo file */
1949     char_u	*tempname = NULL;	/* name of temp viminfo file */
1950     stat_T	st_new;		/* mch_stat() of potential new file */
1951 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
1952     mode_t	umask_save;
1953 #endif
1954 #ifdef UNIX
1955     int		shortname = FALSE;	/* use 8.3 file name */
1956     stat_T	st_old;		/* mch_stat() of existing viminfo file */
1957 #endif
1958 #ifdef MSWIN
1959     int		hidden = FALSE;
1960 #endif
1961 
1962     if (no_viminfo())
1963 	return;
1964 
1965     fname = viminfo_filename(file);	/* may set to default if NULL */
1966     if (fname == NULL)
1967 	return;
1968 
1969     fp_in = mch_fopen((char *)fname, READBIN);
1970     if (fp_in == NULL)
1971     {
1972 	int fd;
1973 
1974 	/* if it does exist, but we can't read it, don't try writing */
1975 	if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st_new) == 0)
1976 	    goto end;
1977 
1978 	/* Create the new .viminfo non-accessible for others, because it may
1979 	 * contain text from non-accessible documents. It is up to the user to
1980 	 * widen access (e.g. to a group). This may also fail if there is a
1981 	 * race condition, then just give up. */
1982 	fd = mch_open((char *)fname,
1983 			    O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, 0600);
1984 	if (fd < 0)
1985 	    goto end;
1986 	fp_out = fdopen(fd, WRITEBIN);
1987     }
1988     else
1989     {
1990 	/*
1991 	 * There is an existing viminfo file.  Create a temporary file to
1992 	 * write the new viminfo into, in the same directory as the
1993 	 * existing viminfo file, which will be renamed once all writing is
1994 	 * successful.
1995 	 */
1996 #ifdef UNIX
1997 	/*
1998 	 * For Unix we check the owner of the file.  It's not very nice to
1999 	 * overwrite a user's viminfo file after a "su root", with a
2000 	 * viminfo file that the user can't read.
2001 	 */
2002 	st_old.st_dev = (dev_t)0;
2003 	st_old.st_ino = 0;
2004 	st_old.st_mode = 0600;
2005 	if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st_old) == 0
2006 		&& getuid() != ROOT_UID
2007 		&& !(st_old.st_uid == getuid()
2008 			? (st_old.st_mode & 0200)
2009 			: (st_old.st_gid == getgid()
2010 				? (st_old.st_mode & 0020)
2011 				: (st_old.st_mode & 0002))))
2012 	{
2013 	    int	tt = msg_didany;
2014 
2015 	    /* avoid a wait_return for this message, it's annoying */
2016 	    semsg(_("E137: Viminfo file is not writable: %s"), fname);
2017 	    msg_didany = tt;
2018 	    fclose(fp_in);
2019 	    goto end;
2020 	}
2021 #endif
2022 #ifdef MSWIN
2023 	/* Get the file attributes of the existing viminfo file. */
2024 	hidden = mch_ishidden(fname);
2025 #endif
2026 
2027 	/*
2028 	 * Make tempname, find one that does not exist yet.
2029 	 * Beware of a race condition: If someone logs out and all Vim
2030 	 * instances exit at the same time a temp file might be created between
2031 	 * stat() and open().  Use mch_open() with O_EXCL to avoid that.
2032 	 * May try twice: Once normal and once with shortname set, just in
2033 	 * case somebody puts his viminfo file in an 8.3 filesystem.
2034 	 */
2035 	for (;;)
2036 	{
2037 	    int		next_char = 'z';
2038 	    char_u	*wp;
2039 
2040 	    tempname = buf_modname(
2041 #ifdef UNIX
2042 				    shortname,
2043 #else
2044 				    FALSE,
2045 #endif
2046 				    fname,
2047 #ifdef VMS
2048 				    (char_u *)"-tmp",
2049 #else
2050 				    (char_u *)".tmp",
2051 #endif
2052 				    FALSE);
2053 	    if (tempname == NULL)		/* out of memory */
2054 		break;
2055 
2056 	    /*
2057 	     * Try a series of names.  Change one character, just before
2058 	     * the extension.  This should also work for an 8.3
2059 	     * file name, when after adding the extension it still is
2060 	     * the same file as the original.
2061 	     */
2062 	    wp = tempname + STRLEN(tempname) - 5;
2063 	    if (wp < gettail(tempname))	    /* empty file name? */
2064 		wp = gettail(tempname);
2065 	    for (;;)
2066 	    {
2067 		/*
2068 		 * Check if tempfile already exists.  Never overwrite an
2069 		 * existing file!
2070 		 */
2071 		if (mch_stat((char *)tempname, &st_new) == 0)
2072 		{
2073 #ifdef UNIX
2074 		    /*
2075 		     * Check if tempfile is same as original file.  May happen
2076 		     * when modname() gave the same file back.  E.g.  silly
2077 		     * link, or file name-length reached.  Try again with
2078 		     * shortname set.
2079 		     */
2080 		    if (!shortname && st_new.st_dev == st_old.st_dev
2081 						&& st_new.st_ino == st_old.st_ino)
2082 		    {
2083 			VIM_CLEAR(tempname);
2084 			shortname = TRUE;
2085 			break;
2086 		    }
2087 #endif
2088 		}
2089 		else
2090 		{
2091 		    /* Try creating the file exclusively.  This may fail if
2092 		     * another Vim tries to do it at the same time. */
2093 #ifdef VMS
2094 		    /* fdopen() fails for some reason */
2095 		    umask_save = umask(077);
2096 		    fp_out = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, WRITEBIN);
2097 		    (void)umask(umask_save);
2098 #else
2099 		    int	fd;
2100 
2101 		    /* Use mch_open() to be able to use O_NOFOLLOW and set file
2102 		     * protection:
2103 		     * Unix: same as original file, but strip s-bit.  Reset
2104 		     * umask to avoid it getting in the way.
2105 		     * Others: r&w for user only. */
2106 # ifdef UNIX
2107 		    umask_save = umask(0);
2108 		    fd = mch_open((char *)tempname,
2109 			    O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW,
2110 					(int)((st_old.st_mode & 0777) | 0600));
2111 		    (void)umask(umask_save);
2112 # else
2113 		    fd = mch_open((char *)tempname,
2114 			     O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, 0600);
2115 # endif
2116 		    if (fd < 0)
2117 		    {
2118 			fp_out = NULL;
2119 # ifdef EEXIST
2120 			/* Avoid trying lots of names while the problem is lack
2121 			 * of permission, only retry if the file already
2122 			 * exists. */
2123 			if (errno != EEXIST)
2124 			    break;
2125 # endif
2126 		    }
2127 		    else
2128 			fp_out = fdopen(fd, WRITEBIN);
2129 #endif /* VMS */
2130 		    if (fp_out != NULL)
2131 			break;
2132 		}
2133 
2134 		/* Assume file exists, try again with another name. */
2135 		if (next_char == 'a' - 1)
2136 		{
2137 		    /* They all exist?  Must be something wrong! Don't write
2138 		     * the viminfo file then. */
2139 		    semsg(_("E929: Too many viminfo temp files, like %s!"),
2140 								     tempname);
2141 		    break;
2142 		}
2143 		*wp = next_char;
2144 		--next_char;
2145 	    }
2146 
2147 	    if (tempname != NULL)
2148 		break;
2149 	    /* continue if shortname was set */
2150 	}
2151 
2152 #if defined(UNIX) && defined(HAVE_FCHOWN)
2153 	if (tempname != NULL && fp_out != NULL)
2154 	{
2155 		stat_T	tmp_st;
2156 
2157 	    /*
2158 	     * Make sure the original owner can read/write the tempfile and
2159 	     * otherwise preserve permissions, making sure the group matches.
2160 	     */
2161 	    if (mch_stat((char *)tempname, &tmp_st) >= 0)
2162 	    {
2163 		if (st_old.st_uid != tmp_st.st_uid)
2164 		    /* Changing the owner might fail, in which case the
2165 		     * file will now owned by the current user, oh well. */
2166 		    vim_ignored = fchown(fileno(fp_out), st_old.st_uid, -1);
2167 		if (st_old.st_gid != tmp_st.st_gid
2168 			&& fchown(fileno(fp_out), -1, st_old.st_gid) == -1)
2169 		    /* can't set the group to what it should be, remove
2170 		     * group permissions */
2171 		    (void)mch_setperm(tempname, 0600);
2172 	    }
2173 	    else
2174 		/* can't stat the file, set conservative permissions */
2175 		(void)mch_setperm(tempname, 0600);
2176 	}
2177 #endif
2178     }
2179 
2180     /*
2181      * Check if the new viminfo file can be written to.
2182      */
2183     if (fp_out == NULL)
2184     {
2185 	semsg(_("E138: Can't write viminfo file %s!"),
2186 		       (fp_in == NULL || tempname == NULL) ? fname : tempname);
2187 	if (fp_in != NULL)
2188 	    fclose(fp_in);
2189 	goto end;
2190     }
2191 
2192     if (p_verbose > 0)
2193     {
2194 	verbose_enter();
2195 	smsg(_("Writing viminfo file \"%s\""), fname);
2196 	verbose_leave();
2197     }
2198 
2199     viminfo_errcnt = 0;
2200     do_viminfo(fp_in, fp_out, forceit ? 0 : (VIF_WANT_INFO | VIF_WANT_MARKS));
2201 
2202     if (fclose(fp_out) == EOF)
2203 	++viminfo_errcnt;
2204 
2205     if (fp_in != NULL)
2206     {
2207 	fclose(fp_in);
2208 
2209 	/* In case of an error keep the original viminfo file.  Otherwise
2210 	 * rename the newly written file.  Give an error if that fails. */
2211 	if (viminfo_errcnt == 0)
2212 	{
2213 	    if (vim_rename(tempname, fname) == -1)
2214 	    {
2215 		++viminfo_errcnt;
2216 		semsg(_("E886: Can't rename viminfo file to %s!"), fname);
2217 	    }
2218 # ifdef MSWIN
2219 	    /* If the viminfo file was hidden then also hide the new file. */
2220 	    else if (hidden)
2221 		mch_hide(fname);
2222 # endif
2223 	}
2224 	if (viminfo_errcnt > 0)
2225 	    mch_remove(tempname);
2226     }
2227 
2228 end:
2229     vim_free(fname);
2230     vim_free(tempname);
2231 }
2232 
2233 /*
2234  * Get the viminfo file name to use.
2235  * If "file" is given and not empty, use it (has already been expanded by
2236  * cmdline functions).
2237  * Otherwise use "-i file_name", value from 'viminfo' or the default, and
2238  * expand environment variables.
2239  * Returns an allocated string.  NULL when out of memory.
2240  */
2241     static char_u *
2242 viminfo_filename(char_u *file)
2243 {
2244     if (file == NULL || *file == NUL)
2245     {
2246 	if (*p_viminfofile != NUL)
2247 	    file = p_viminfofile;
2248 	else if ((file = find_viminfo_parameter('n')) == NULL || *file == NUL)
2249 	{
2250 #ifdef VIMINFO_FILE2
2251 # ifdef VMS
2252 	    if (mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN") == NULL)
2253 # else
2254 #  ifdef MSWIN
2255 	    /* Use $VIM only if $HOME is the default "C:/". */
2256 	    if (STRCMP(vim_getenv((char_u *)"HOME", NULL), "C:/") == 0
2257 		    && mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME") == NULL)
2258 #  else
2259 	    if (mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME") == NULL)
2260 #  endif
2261 # endif
2262 	    {
2263 		/* don't use $VIM when not available. */
2264 		expand_env((char_u *)"$VIM", NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
2265 		if (STRCMP("$VIM", NameBuff) != 0)  /* $VIM was expanded */
2266 		    file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE2;
2267 		else
2268 		    file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE;
2269 	    }
2270 	    else
2271 #endif
2272 		file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE;
2273 	}
2274 	expand_env(file, NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
2275 	file = NameBuff;
2276     }
2277     return vim_strsave(file);
2278 }
2279 
2280 /*
2281  * do_viminfo() -- Should only be called from read_viminfo() & write_viminfo().
2282  */
2283     static void
2284 do_viminfo(FILE *fp_in, FILE *fp_out, int flags)
2285 {
2286     int		eof = FALSE;
2287     vir_T	vir;
2288     int		merge = FALSE;
2289     int		do_copy_marks = FALSE;
2290     garray_T	buflist;
2291 
2292     if ((vir.vir_line = alloc(LSIZE)) == NULL)
2293 	return;
2294     vir.vir_fd = fp_in;
2295     vir.vir_conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
2296     ga_init2(&vir.vir_barlines, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 100);
2297     vir.vir_version = -1;
2298 
2299     if (fp_in != NULL)
2300     {
2301 	if (flags & VIF_WANT_INFO)
2302 	{
2303 	    if (fp_out != NULL)
2304 	    {
2305 		/* Registers and marks are read and kept separate from what
2306 		 * this Vim is using.  They are merged when writing. */
2307 		prepare_viminfo_registers();
2308 		prepare_viminfo_marks();
2309 	    }
2310 
2311 	    eof = read_viminfo_up_to_marks(&vir,
2312 					 flags & VIF_FORCEIT, fp_out != NULL);
2313 	    merge = TRUE;
2314 	}
2315 	else if (flags != 0)
2316 	    /* Skip info, find start of marks */
2317 	    while (!(eof = viminfo_readline(&vir))
2318 		    && vir.vir_line[0] != '>')
2319 		;
2320 
2321 	do_copy_marks = (flags &
2322 			   (VIF_WANT_MARKS | VIF_GET_OLDFILES | VIF_FORCEIT));
2323     }
2324 
2325     if (fp_out != NULL)
2326     {
2327 	/* Write the info: */
2328 	fprintf(fp_out, _("# This viminfo file was generated by Vim %s.\n"),
2329 							  VIM_VERSION_MEDIUM);
2330 	fputs(_("# You may edit it if you're careful!\n\n"), fp_out);
2331 	write_viminfo_version(fp_out);
2332 	fputs(_("# Value of 'encoding' when this file was written\n"), fp_out);
2333 	fprintf(fp_out, "*encoding=%s\n\n", p_enc);
2334 	write_viminfo_search_pattern(fp_out);
2335 	write_viminfo_sub_string(fp_out);
2336 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST
2337 	write_viminfo_history(fp_out, merge);
2338 #endif
2339 	write_viminfo_registers(fp_out);
2340 	finish_viminfo_registers();
2341 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2342 	write_viminfo_varlist(fp_out);
2343 #endif
2344 	write_viminfo_filemarks(fp_out);
2345 	finish_viminfo_marks();
2346 	write_viminfo_bufferlist(fp_out);
2347 	write_viminfo_barlines(&vir, fp_out);
2348 
2349 	if (do_copy_marks)
2350 	    ga_init2(&buflist, sizeof(buf_T *), 50);
2351 	write_viminfo_marks(fp_out, do_copy_marks ? &buflist : NULL);
2352     }
2353 
2354     if (do_copy_marks)
2355     {
2356 	copy_viminfo_marks(&vir, fp_out, &buflist, eof, flags);
2357 	if (fp_out != NULL)
2358 	    ga_clear(&buflist);
2359     }
2360 
2361     vim_free(vir.vir_line);
2362     if (vir.vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
2363 	convert_setup(&vir.vir_conv, NULL, NULL);
2364     ga_clear_strings(&vir.vir_barlines);
2365 }
2366 
2367 /*
2368  * read_viminfo_up_to_marks() -- Only called from do_viminfo().  Reads in the
2369  * first part of the viminfo file which contains everything but the marks that
2370  * are local to a file.  Returns TRUE when end-of-file is reached. -- webb
2371  */
2372     static int
2373 read_viminfo_up_to_marks(
2374     vir_T	*virp,
2375     int		forceit,
2376     int		writing)
2377 {
2378     int		eof;
2379     buf_T	*buf;
2380     int		got_encoding = FALSE;
2381 
2382 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST
2383     prepare_viminfo_history(forceit ? 9999 : 0, writing);
2384 #endif
2385 
2386     eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2387     while (!eof && virp->vir_line[0] != '>')
2388     {
2389 	switch (virp->vir_line[0])
2390 	{
2391 		/* Characters reserved for future expansion, ignored now */
2392 	    case '+': /* "+40 /path/dir file", for running vim without args */
2393 	    case '^': /* to be defined */
2394 	    case '<': /* long line - ignored */
2395 		/* A comment or empty line. */
2396 	    case NUL:
2397 	    case '\r':
2398 	    case '\n':
2399 	    case '#':
2400 		eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2401 		break;
2402 	    case '|':
2403 		eof = read_viminfo_barline(virp, got_encoding,
2404 							    forceit, writing);
2405 		break;
2406 	    case '*': /* "*encoding=value" */
2407 		got_encoding = TRUE;
2408 		eof = viminfo_encoding(virp);
2409 		break;
2410 	    case '!': /* global variable */
2411 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2412 		eof = read_viminfo_varlist(virp, writing);
2413 #else
2414 		eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2415 #endif
2416 		break;
2417 	    case '%': /* entry for buffer list */
2418 		eof = read_viminfo_bufferlist(virp, writing);
2419 		break;
2420 	    case '"':
2421 		/* When registers are in bar lines skip the old style register
2422 		 * lines. */
2423 		if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_REGISTERS)
2424 		    eof = read_viminfo_register(virp, forceit);
2425 		else
2426 		    do {
2427 			eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2428 		    } while (!eof && (virp->vir_line[0] == TAB
2429 						|| virp->vir_line[0] == '<'));
2430 		break;
2431 	    case '/':	    /* Search string */
2432 	    case '&':	    /* Substitute search string */
2433 	    case '~':	    /* Last search string, followed by '/' or '&' */
2434 		eof = read_viminfo_search_pattern(virp, forceit);
2435 		break;
2436 	    case '$':
2437 		eof = read_viminfo_sub_string(virp, forceit);
2438 		break;
2439 	    case ':':
2440 	    case '?':
2441 	    case '=':
2442 	    case '@':
2443 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST
2444 		/* When history is in bar lines skip the old style history
2445 		 * lines. */
2446 		if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_HISTORY)
2447 		    eof = read_viminfo_history(virp, writing);
2448 		else
2449 #endif
2450 		    eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2451 		break;
2452 	    case '-':
2453 	    case '\'':
2454 		/* When file marks are in bar lines skip the old style lines. */
2455 		if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_MARKS)
2456 		    eof = read_viminfo_filemark(virp, forceit);
2457 		else
2458 		    eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2459 		break;
2460 	    default:
2461 		if (viminfo_error("E575: ", _("Illegal starting char"),
2462 			    virp->vir_line))
2463 		    eof = TRUE;
2464 		else
2465 		    eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2466 		break;
2467 	}
2468     }
2469 
2470 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST
2471     /* Finish reading history items. */
2472     if (!writing)
2473 	finish_viminfo_history(virp);
2474 #endif
2475 
2476     /* Change file names to buffer numbers for fmarks. */
2477     FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf)
2478 	fmarks_check_names(buf);
2479 
2480     return eof;
2481 }
2482 
2483 /*
2484  * Compare the 'encoding' value in the viminfo file with the current value of
2485  * 'encoding'.  If different and the 'c' flag is in 'viminfo', setup for
2486  * conversion of text with iconv() in viminfo_readstring().
2487  */
2488     static int
2489 viminfo_encoding(vir_T *virp)
2490 {
2491     char_u	*p;
2492     int		i;
2493 
2494     if (get_viminfo_parameter('c') != 0)
2495     {
2496 	p = vim_strchr(virp->vir_line, '=');
2497 	if (p != NULL)
2498 	{
2499 	    /* remove trailing newline */
2500 	    ++p;
2501 	    for (i = 0; vim_isprintc(p[i]); ++i)
2502 		;
2503 	    p[i] = NUL;
2504 
2505 	    convert_setup(&virp->vir_conv, p, p_enc);
2506 	}
2507     }
2508     return viminfo_readline(virp);
2509 }
2510 
2511 /*
2512  * Read a line from the viminfo file.
2513  * Returns TRUE for end-of-file;
2514  */
2515     int
2516 viminfo_readline(vir_T *virp)
2517 {
2518     return vim_fgets(virp->vir_line, LSIZE, virp->vir_fd);
2519 }
2520 
2521 /*
2522  * Check string read from viminfo file.
2523  * Remove '\n' at the end of the line.
2524  * - replace CTRL-V CTRL-V with CTRL-V
2525  * - replace CTRL-V 'n'    with '\n'
2526  *
2527  * Check for a long line as written by viminfo_writestring().
2528  *
2529  * Return the string in allocated memory (NULL when out of memory).
2530  */
2531     char_u *
2532 viminfo_readstring(
2533     vir_T	*virp,
2534     int		off,		    /* offset for virp->vir_line */
2535     int		convert UNUSED)	    /* convert the string */
2536 {
2537     char_u	*retval;
2538     char_u	*s, *d;
2539     long	len;
2540 
2541     if (virp->vir_line[off] == Ctrl_V && vim_isdigit(virp->vir_line[off + 1]))
2542     {
2543 	len = atol((char *)virp->vir_line + off + 1);
2544 	retval = lalloc(len, TRUE);
2545 	if (retval == NULL)
2546 	{
2547 	    /* Line too long?  File messed up?  Skip next line. */
2548 	    (void)vim_fgets(virp->vir_line, 10, virp->vir_fd);
2549 	    return NULL;
2550 	}
2551 	(void)vim_fgets(retval, (int)len, virp->vir_fd);
2552 	s = retval + 1;	    /* Skip the leading '<' */
2553     }
2554     else
2555     {
2556 	retval = vim_strsave(virp->vir_line + off);
2557 	if (retval == NULL)
2558 	    return NULL;
2559 	s = retval;
2560     }
2561 
2562     /* Change CTRL-V CTRL-V to CTRL-V and CTRL-V n to \n in-place. */
2563     d = retval;
2564     while (*s != NUL && *s != '\n')
2565     {
2566 	if (s[0] == Ctrl_V && s[1] != NUL)
2567 	{
2568 	    if (s[1] == 'n')
2569 		*d++ = '\n';
2570 	    else
2571 		*d++ = Ctrl_V;
2572 	    s += 2;
2573 	}
2574 	else
2575 	    *d++ = *s++;
2576     }
2577     *d = NUL;
2578 
2579     if (convert && virp->vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && *retval != NUL)
2580     {
2581 	d = string_convert(&virp->vir_conv, retval, NULL);
2582 	if (d != NULL)
2583 	{
2584 	    vim_free(retval);
2585 	    retval = d;
2586 	}
2587     }
2588 
2589     return retval;
2590 }
2591 
2592 /*
2593  * write string to viminfo file
2594  * - replace CTRL-V with CTRL-V CTRL-V
2595  * - replace '\n'   with CTRL-V 'n'
2596  * - add a '\n' at the end
2597  *
2598  * For a long line:
2599  * - write " CTRL-V <length> \n " in first line
2600  * - write " < <string> \n "	  in second line
2601  */
2602     void
2603 viminfo_writestring(FILE *fd, char_u *p)
2604 {
2605     int		c;
2606     char_u	*s;
2607     int		len = 0;
2608 
2609     for (s = p; *s != NUL; ++s)
2610     {
2611 	if (*s == Ctrl_V || *s == '\n')
2612 	    ++len;
2613 	++len;
2614     }
2615 
2616     /* If the string will be too long, write its length and put it in the next
2617      * line.  Take into account that some room is needed for what comes before
2618      * the string (e.g., variable name).  Add something to the length for the
2619      * '<', NL and trailing NUL. */
2620     if (len > LSIZE / 2)
2621 	fprintf(fd, IF_EB("\026%d\n<", CTRL_V_STR "%d\n<"), len + 3);
2622 
2623     while ((c = *p++) != NUL)
2624     {
2625 	if (c == Ctrl_V || c == '\n')
2626 	{
2627 	    putc(Ctrl_V, fd);
2628 	    if (c == '\n')
2629 		c = 'n';
2630 	}
2631 	putc(c, fd);
2632     }
2633     putc('\n', fd);
2634 }
2635 
2636 /*
2637  * Write a string in quotes that barline_parse() can read back.
2638  * Breaks the line in less than LSIZE pieces when needed.
2639  * Returns remaining characters in the line.
2640  */
2641     int
2642 barline_writestring(FILE *fd, char_u *s, int remaining_start)
2643 {
2644     char_u *p;
2645     int	    remaining = remaining_start;
2646     int	    len = 2;
2647 
2648     /* Count the number of characters produced, including quotes. */
2649     for (p = s; *p != NUL; ++p)
2650     {
2651 	if (*p == NL)
2652 	    len += 2;
2653 	else if (*p == '"' || *p == '\\')
2654 	    len += 2;
2655 	else
2656 	    ++len;
2657     }
2658     if (len > remaining - 2)
2659     {
2660 	fprintf(fd, ">%d\n|<", len);
2661 	remaining = LSIZE - 20;
2662     }
2663 
2664     putc('"', fd);
2665     for (p = s; *p != NUL; ++p)
2666     {
2667 	if (*p == NL)
2668 	{
2669 	    putc('\\', fd);
2670 	    putc('n', fd);
2671 	    --remaining;
2672 	}
2673 	else if (*p == '"' || *p == '\\')
2674 	{
2675 	    putc('\\', fd);
2676 	    putc(*p, fd);
2677 	    --remaining;
2678 	}
2679 	else
2680 	    putc(*p, fd);
2681 	--remaining;
2682 
2683 	if (remaining < 3)
2684 	{
2685 	    putc('\n', fd);
2686 	    putc('|', fd);
2687 	    putc('<', fd);
2688 	    /* Leave enough space for another continuation. */
2689 	    remaining = LSIZE - 20;
2690 	}
2691     }
2692     putc('"', fd);
2693     return remaining - 2;
2694 }
2695 
2696 /*
2697  * Parse a viminfo line starting with '|'.
2698  * Add each decoded value to "values".
2699  * Returns TRUE if the next line is to be read after using the parsed values.
2700  */
2701     static int
2702 barline_parse(vir_T *virp, char_u *text, garray_T *values)
2703 {
2704     char_u  *p = text;
2705     char_u  *nextp = NULL;
2706     char_u  *buf = NULL;
2707     bval_T  *value;
2708     int	    i;
2709     int	    allocated = FALSE;
2710     int	    eof;
2711     char_u  *sconv;
2712     int	    converted;
2713 
2714     while (*p == ',')
2715     {
2716 	++p;
2717 	if (ga_grow(values, 1) == FAIL)
2718 	    break;
2719 	value = (bval_T *)(values->ga_data) + values->ga_len;
2720 
2721 	if (*p == '>')
2722 	{
2723 	    /* Need to read a continuation line.  Put strings in allocated
2724 	     * memory, because virp->vir_line is overwritten. */
2725 	    if (!allocated)
2726 	    {
2727 		for (i = 0; i < values->ga_len; ++i)
2728 		{
2729 		    bval_T  *vp = (bval_T *)(values->ga_data) + i;
2730 
2731 		    if (vp->bv_type == BVAL_STRING && !vp->bv_allocated)
2732 		    {
2733 			vp->bv_string = vim_strnsave(vp->bv_string, vp->bv_len);
2734 			vp->bv_allocated = TRUE;
2735 		    }
2736 		}
2737 		allocated = TRUE;
2738 	    }
2739 
2740 	    if (vim_isdigit(p[1]))
2741 	    {
2742 		size_t len;
2743 		size_t todo;
2744 		size_t n;
2745 
2746 		/* String value was split into lines that are each shorter
2747 		 * than LSIZE:
2748 		 *     |{bartype},>{length of "{text}{text2}"}
2749 		 *     |<"{text1}
2750 		 *     |<{text2}",{value}
2751 		 * Length includes the quotes.
2752 		 */
2753 		++p;
2754 		len = getdigits(&p);
2755 		buf = alloc((int)(len + 1));
2756 		if (buf == NULL)
2757 		    return TRUE;
2758 		p = buf;
2759 		for (todo = len; todo > 0; todo -= n)
2760 		{
2761 		    eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2762 		    if (eof || virp->vir_line[0] != '|'
2763 						  || virp->vir_line[1] != '<')
2764 		    {
2765 			/* File was truncated or garbled. Read another line if
2766 			 * this one starts with '|'. */
2767 			vim_free(buf);
2768 			return eof || virp->vir_line[0] == '|';
2769 		    }
2770 		    /* Get length of text, excluding |< and NL chars. */
2771 		    n = STRLEN(virp->vir_line);
2772 		    while (n > 0 && (virp->vir_line[n - 1] == NL
2773 					     || virp->vir_line[n - 1] == CAR))
2774 			--n;
2775 		    n -= 2;
2776 		    if (n > todo)
2777 		    {
2778 			/* more values follow after the string */
2779 			nextp = virp->vir_line + 2 + todo;
2780 			n = todo;
2781 		    }
2782 		    mch_memmove(p, virp->vir_line + 2, n);
2783 		    p += n;
2784 		}
2785 		*p = NUL;
2786 		p = buf;
2787 	    }
2788 	    else
2789 	    {
2790 		/* Line ending in ">" continues in the next line:
2791 		 *     |{bartype},{lots of values},>
2792 		 *     |<{value},{value}
2793 		 */
2794 		eof = viminfo_readline(virp);
2795 		if (eof || virp->vir_line[0] != '|'
2796 					      || virp->vir_line[1] != '<')
2797 		    /* File was truncated or garbled. Read another line if
2798 		     * this one starts with '|'. */
2799 		    return eof || virp->vir_line[0] == '|';
2800 		p = virp->vir_line + 2;
2801 	    }
2802 	}
2803 
2804 	if (isdigit(*p))
2805 	{
2806 	    value->bv_type = BVAL_NR;
2807 	    value->bv_nr = getdigits(&p);
2808 	    ++values->ga_len;
2809 	}
2810 	else if (*p == '"')
2811 	{
2812 	    int	    len = 0;
2813 	    char_u  *s = p;
2814 
2815 	    /* Unescape special characters in-place. */
2816 	    ++p;
2817 	    while (*p != '"')
2818 	    {
2819 		if (*p == NL || *p == NUL)
2820 		    return TRUE;  /* syntax error, drop the value */
2821 		if (*p == '\\')
2822 		{
2823 		    ++p;
2824 		    if (*p == 'n')
2825 			s[len++] = '\n';
2826 		    else
2827 			s[len++] = *p;
2828 		    ++p;
2829 		}
2830 		else
2831 		    s[len++] = *p++;
2832 	    }
2833 	    ++p;
2834 	    s[len] = NUL;
2835 
2836 	    converted = FALSE;
2837 	    if (virp->vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && *s != NUL)
2838 	    {
2839 		sconv = string_convert(&virp->vir_conv, s, NULL);
2840 		if (sconv != NULL)
2841 		{
2842 		    if (s == buf)
2843 			vim_free(s);
2844 		    s = sconv;
2845 		    buf = s;
2846 		    converted = TRUE;
2847 		}
2848 	    }
2849 
2850 	    /* Need to copy in allocated memory if the string wasn't allocated
2851 	     * above and we did allocate before, thus vir_line may change. */
2852 	    if (s != buf && allocated)
2853 		s = vim_strsave(s);
2854 	    value->bv_string = s;
2855 	    value->bv_type = BVAL_STRING;
2856 	    value->bv_len = len;
2857 	    value->bv_allocated = allocated || converted;
2858 	    ++values->ga_len;
2859 	    if (nextp != NULL)
2860 	    {
2861 		/* values following a long string */
2862 		p = nextp;
2863 		nextp = NULL;
2864 	    }
2865 	}
2866 	else if (*p == ',')
2867 	{
2868 	    value->bv_type = BVAL_EMPTY;
2869 	    ++values->ga_len;
2870 	}
2871 	else
2872 	    break;
2873     }
2874     return TRUE;
2875 }
2876 
2877     static int
2878 read_viminfo_barline(vir_T *virp, int got_encoding, int force, int writing)
2879 {
2880     char_u	*p = virp->vir_line + 1;
2881     int		bartype;
2882     garray_T	values;
2883     bval_T	*vp;
2884     int		i;
2885     int		read_next = TRUE;
2886 
2887     /* The format is: |{bartype},{value},...
2888      * For a very long string:
2889      *     |{bartype},>{length of "{text}{text2}"}
2890      *     |<{text1}
2891      *     |<{text2},{value}
2892      * For a long line not using a string
2893      *     |{bartype},{lots of values},>
2894      *     |<{value},{value}
2895      */
2896     if (*p == '<')
2897     {
2898 	/* Continuation line of an unrecognized item. */
2899 	if (writing)
2900 	    ga_add_string(&virp->vir_barlines, virp->vir_line);
2901     }
2902     else
2903     {
2904 	ga_init2(&values, sizeof(bval_T), 20);
2905 	bartype = getdigits(&p);
2906 	switch (bartype)
2907 	{
2908 	    case BARTYPE_VERSION:
2909 		/* Only use the version when it comes before the encoding.
2910 		 * If it comes later it was copied by a Vim version that
2911 		 * doesn't understand the version. */
2912 		if (!got_encoding)
2913 		{
2914 		    read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values);
2915 		    vp = (bval_T *)values.ga_data;
2916 		    if (values.ga_len > 0 && vp->bv_type == BVAL_NR)
2917 			virp->vir_version = vp->bv_nr;
2918 		}
2919 		break;
2920 
2921 	    case BARTYPE_HISTORY:
2922 		read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values);
2923 		handle_viminfo_history(&values, writing);
2924 		break;
2925 
2926 	    case BARTYPE_REGISTER:
2927 		read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values);
2928 		handle_viminfo_register(&values, force);
2929 		break;
2930 
2931 	    case BARTYPE_MARK:
2932 		read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values);
2933 		handle_viminfo_mark(&values, force);
2934 		break;
2935 
2936 	    default:
2937 		/* copy unrecognized line (for future use) */
2938 		if (writing)
2939 		    ga_add_string(&virp->vir_barlines, virp->vir_line);
2940 	}
2941 	for (i = 0; i < values.ga_len; ++i)
2942 	{
2943 	    vp = (bval_T *)values.ga_data + i;
2944 	    if (vp->bv_type == BVAL_STRING && vp->bv_allocated)
2945 		vim_free(vp->bv_string);
2946 	}
2947 	ga_clear(&values);
2948     }
2949 
2950     if (read_next)
2951 	return viminfo_readline(virp);
2952     return FALSE;
2953 }
2954 
2955     static void
2956 write_viminfo_version(FILE *fp_out)
2957 {
2958     fprintf(fp_out, "# Viminfo version\n|%d,%d\n\n",
2959 					    BARTYPE_VERSION, VIMINFO_VERSION);
2960 }
2961 
2962     static void
2963 write_viminfo_barlines(vir_T *virp, FILE *fp_out)
2964 {
2965     int		i;
2966     garray_T	*gap = &virp->vir_barlines;
2967     int		seen_useful = FALSE;
2968     char	*line;
2969 
2970     if (gap->ga_len > 0)
2971     {
2972 	fputs(_("\n# Bar lines, copied verbatim:\n"), fp_out);
2973 
2974 	/* Skip over continuation lines until seeing a useful line. */
2975 	for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i)
2976 	{
2977 	    line = ((char **)(gap->ga_data))[i];
2978 	    if (seen_useful || line[1] != '<')
2979 	    {
2980 		fputs(line, fp_out);
2981 		seen_useful = TRUE;
2982 	    }
2983 	}
2984     }
2985 }
2986 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */
2987 
2988 /*
2989  * Return the current time in seconds.  Calls time(), unless test_settime()
2990  * was used.
2991  */
2992     time_T
2993 vim_time(void)
2994 {
2995 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
2996     return time_for_testing == 0 ? time(NULL) : time_for_testing;
2997 # else
2998     return time(NULL);
2999 # endif
3000 }
3001 
3002 /*
3003  * Implementation of ":fixdel", also used by get_stty().
3004  *  <BS>    resulting <Del>
3005  *   ^?		^H
3006  * not ^?	^?
3007  */
3008     void
3009 do_fixdel(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
3010 {
3011     char_u  *p;
3012 
3013     p = find_termcode((char_u *)"kb");
3014     add_termcode((char_u *)"kD", p != NULL
3015 	    && *p == DEL ? (char_u *)CTRL_H_STR : DEL_STR, FALSE);
3016 }
3017 
3018     void
3019 print_line_no_prefix(
3020     linenr_T	lnum,
3021     int		use_number,
3022     int		list)
3023 {
3024     char	numbuf[30];
3025 
3026     if (curwin->w_p_nu || use_number)
3027     {
3028 	vim_snprintf(numbuf, sizeof(numbuf),
3029 				   "%*ld ", number_width(curwin), (long)lnum);
3030 	msg_puts_attr(numbuf, HL_ATTR(HLF_N));	/* Highlight line nrs */
3031     }
3032     msg_prt_line(ml_get(lnum), list);
3033 }
3034 
3035 /*
3036  * Print a text line.  Also in silent mode ("ex -s").
3037  */
3038     void
3039 print_line(linenr_T lnum, int use_number, int list)
3040 {
3041     int		save_silent = silent_mode;
3042 
3043     /* apply :filter /pat/ */
3044     if (message_filtered(ml_get(lnum)))
3045 	return;
3046 
3047     msg_start();
3048     silent_mode = FALSE;
3049     info_message = TRUE;	/* use mch_msg(), not mch_errmsg() */
3050     print_line_no_prefix(lnum, use_number, list);
3051     if (save_silent)
3052     {
3053 	msg_putchar('\n');
3054 	cursor_on();		/* msg_start() switches it off */
3055 	out_flush();
3056 	silent_mode = save_silent;
3057     }
3058     info_message = FALSE;
3059 }
3060 
3061     int
3062 rename_buffer(char_u *new_fname)
3063 {
3064     char_u	*fname, *sfname, *xfname;
3065     buf_T	*buf;
3066 
3067     buf = curbuf;
3068     apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
3069     /* buffer changed, don't change name now */
3070     if (buf != curbuf)
3071 	return FAIL;
3072 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3073     if (aborting())	    /* autocmds may abort script processing */
3074 	return FAIL;
3075 #endif
3076     /*
3077      * The name of the current buffer will be changed.
3078      * A new (unlisted) buffer entry needs to be made to hold the old file
3079      * name, which will become the alternate file name.
3080      * But don't set the alternate file name if the buffer didn't have a
3081      * name.
3082      */
3083     fname = curbuf->b_ffname;
3084     sfname = curbuf->b_sfname;
3085     xfname = curbuf->b_fname;
3086     curbuf->b_ffname = NULL;
3087     curbuf->b_sfname = NULL;
3088     if (setfname(curbuf, new_fname, NULL, TRUE) == FAIL)
3089     {
3090 	curbuf->b_ffname = fname;
3091 	curbuf->b_sfname = sfname;
3092 	return FAIL;
3093     }
3094     curbuf->b_flags |= BF_NOTEDITED;
3095     if (xfname != NULL && *xfname != NUL)
3096     {
3097 	buf = buflist_new(fname, xfname, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
3098 	if (buf != NULL && !cmdmod.keepalt)
3099 	    curwin->w_alt_fnum = buf->b_fnum;
3100     }
3101     vim_free(fname);
3102     vim_free(sfname);
3103     apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
3104 
3105     /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */
3106     DO_AUTOCHDIR;
3107     return OK;
3108 }
3109 
3110 /*
3111  * ":file[!] [fname]".
3112  */
3113     void
3114 ex_file(exarg_T *eap)
3115 {
3116     /* ":0file" removes the file name.  Check for illegal uses ":3file",
3117      * "0file name", etc. */
3118     if (eap->addr_count > 0
3119 	    && (*eap->arg != NUL
3120 		|| eap->line2 > 0
3121 		|| eap->addr_count > 1))
3122     {
3123 	emsg(_(e_invarg));
3124 	return;
3125     }
3126 
3127     if (*eap->arg != NUL || eap->addr_count == 1)
3128     {
3129 	if (rename_buffer(eap->arg) == FAIL)
3130 	    return;
3131 	redraw_tabline = TRUE;
3132     }
3133 
3134     // print file name if no argument or 'F' is not in 'shortmess'
3135     if (*eap->arg == NUL || !shortmess(SHM_FILEINFO))
3136 	fileinfo(FALSE, FALSE, eap->forceit);
3137 }
3138 
3139 /*
3140  * ":update".
3141  */
3142     void
3143 ex_update(exarg_T *eap)
3144 {
3145     if (curbufIsChanged())
3146 	(void)do_write(eap);
3147 }
3148 
3149 /*
3150  * ":write" and ":saveas".
3151  */
3152     void
3153 ex_write(exarg_T *eap)
3154 {
3155     if (eap->usefilter)		/* input lines to shell command */
3156 	do_bang(1, eap, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE);
3157     else
3158 	(void)do_write(eap);
3159 }
3160 
3161 /*
3162  * write current buffer to file 'eap->arg'
3163  * if 'eap->append' is TRUE, append to the file
3164  *
3165  * if *eap->arg == NUL write to current file
3166  *
3167  * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
3168  */
3169     int
3170 do_write(exarg_T *eap)
3171 {
3172     int		other;
3173     char_u	*fname = NULL;		/* init to shut up gcc */
3174     char_u	*ffname;
3175     int		retval = FAIL;
3176     char_u	*free_fname = NULL;
3177 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3178     char_u	*browse_file = NULL;
3179 #endif
3180     buf_T	*alt_buf = NULL;
3181     int		name_was_missing;
3182 
3183     if (not_writing())		/* check 'write' option */
3184 	return FAIL;
3185 
3186     ffname = eap->arg;
3187 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3188     if (cmdmod.browse)
3189     {
3190 	browse_file = do_browse(BROWSE_SAVE, (char_u *)_("Save As"), ffname,
3191 						    NULL, NULL, NULL, curbuf);
3192 	if (browse_file == NULL)
3193 	    goto theend;
3194 	ffname = browse_file;
3195     }
3196 #endif
3197     if (*ffname == NUL)
3198     {
3199 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas)
3200 	{
3201 	    emsg(_(e_argreq));
3202 	    goto theend;
3203 	}
3204 	other = FALSE;
3205     }
3206     else
3207     {
3208 	fname = ffname;
3209 	free_fname = fix_fname(ffname);
3210 	/*
3211 	 * When out-of-memory, keep unexpanded file name, because we MUST be
3212 	 * able to write the file in this situation.
3213 	 */
3214 	if (free_fname != NULL)
3215 	    ffname = free_fname;
3216 	other = otherfile(ffname);
3217     }
3218 
3219     /*
3220      * If we have a new file, put its name in the list of alternate file names.
3221      */
3222     if (other)
3223     {
3224 	if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_ALTWRITE) != NULL
3225 						 || eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas)
3226 	    alt_buf = setaltfname(ffname, fname, (linenr_T)1);
3227 	else
3228 	    alt_buf = buflist_findname(ffname);
3229 	if (alt_buf != NULL && alt_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
3230 	{
3231 	    /* Overwriting a file that is loaded in another buffer is not a
3232 	     * good idea. */
3233 	    emsg(_(e_bufloaded));
3234 	    goto theend;
3235 	}
3236     }
3237 
3238     /*
3239      * Writing to the current file is not allowed in readonly mode
3240      * and a file name is required.
3241      * "nofile" and "nowrite" buffers cannot be written implicitly either.
3242      */
3243     if (!other && (
3244 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
3245 		bt_dontwrite_msg(curbuf) ||
3246 #endif
3247 		check_fname() == FAIL || check_readonly(&eap->forceit, curbuf)))
3248 	goto theend;
3249 
3250     if (!other)
3251     {
3252 	ffname = curbuf->b_ffname;
3253 	fname = curbuf->b_fname;
3254 	/*
3255 	 * Not writing the whole file is only allowed with '!'.
3256 	 */
3257 	if (	   (eap->line1 != 1
3258 		    || eap->line2 != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
3259 		&& !eap->forceit
3260 		&& !eap->append
3261 		&& !p_wa)
3262 	{
3263 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
3264 	    if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm)
3265 	    {
3266 		if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL,
3267 			       (char_u *)_("Write partial file?"), 2) != VIM_YES)
3268 		    goto theend;
3269 		eap->forceit = TRUE;
3270 	    }
3271 	    else
3272 #endif
3273 	    {
3274 		emsg(_("E140: Use ! to write partial buffer"));
3275 		goto theend;
3276 	    }
3277 	}
3278     }
3279 
3280     if (check_overwrite(eap, curbuf, fname, ffname, other) == OK)
3281     {
3282 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas && alt_buf != NULL)
3283 	{
3284 	    buf_T	*was_curbuf = curbuf;
3285 
3286 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
3287 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf);
3288 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3289 	    if (curbuf != was_curbuf || aborting())
3290 #else
3291 	    if (curbuf != was_curbuf)
3292 #endif
3293 	    {
3294 		/* buffer changed, don't change name now */
3295 		retval = FAIL;
3296 		goto theend;
3297 	    }
3298 	    /* Exchange the file names for the current and the alternate
3299 	     * buffer.  This makes it look like we are now editing the buffer
3300 	     * under the new name.  Must be done before buf_write(), because
3301 	     * if there is no file name and 'cpo' contains 'F', it will set
3302 	     * the file name. */
3303 	    fname = alt_buf->b_fname;
3304 	    alt_buf->b_fname = curbuf->b_fname;
3305 	    curbuf->b_fname = fname;
3306 	    fname = alt_buf->b_ffname;
3307 	    alt_buf->b_ffname = curbuf->b_ffname;
3308 	    curbuf->b_ffname = fname;
3309 	    fname = alt_buf->b_sfname;
3310 	    alt_buf->b_sfname = curbuf->b_sfname;
3311 	    curbuf->b_sfname = fname;
3312 	    buf_name_changed(curbuf);
3313 
3314 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
3315 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf);
3316 	    if (!alt_buf->b_p_bl)
3317 	    {
3318 		alt_buf->b_p_bl = TRUE;
3319 		apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFADD, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf);
3320 	    }
3321 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3322 	    if (curbuf != was_curbuf || aborting())
3323 #else
3324 	    if (curbuf != was_curbuf)
3325 #endif
3326 	    {
3327 		/* buffer changed, don't write the file */
3328 		retval = FAIL;
3329 		goto theend;
3330 	    }
3331 
3332 	    /* If 'filetype' was empty try detecting it now. */
3333 	    if (*curbuf->b_p_ft == NUL)
3334 	    {
3335 		if (au_has_group((char_u *)"filetypedetect"))
3336 		    (void)do_doautocmd((char_u *)"filetypedetect BufRead",
3337 								  TRUE, NULL);
3338 		do_modelines(0);
3339 	    }
3340 
3341 	    /* Autocommands may have changed buffer names, esp. when
3342 	     * 'autochdir' is set. */
3343 	    fname = curbuf->b_sfname;
3344 	}
3345 
3346 	name_was_missing = curbuf->b_ffname == NULL;
3347 
3348 	retval = buf_write(curbuf, ffname, fname, eap->line1, eap->line2,
3349 				 eap, eap->append, eap->forceit, TRUE, FALSE);
3350 
3351 	/* After ":saveas fname" reset 'readonly'. */
3352 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas)
3353 	{
3354 	    if (retval == OK)
3355 	    {
3356 		curbuf->b_p_ro = FALSE;
3357 		redraw_tabline = TRUE;
3358 	    }
3359 	}
3360 
3361 	/* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set and the file name
3362 	 * got changed or set. */
3363 	if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas || name_was_missing)
3364 	{
3365 	    DO_AUTOCHDIR;
3366 	}
3367     }
3368 
3369 theend:
3370 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3371     vim_free(browse_file);
3372 #endif
3373     vim_free(free_fname);
3374     return retval;
3375 }
3376 
3377 /*
3378  * Check if it is allowed to overwrite a file.  If b_flags has BF_NOTEDITED,
3379  * BF_NEW or BF_READERR, check for overwriting current file.
3380  * May set eap->forceit if a dialog says it's OK to overwrite.
3381  * Return OK if it's OK, FAIL if it is not.
3382  */
3383     int
3384 check_overwrite(
3385     exarg_T	*eap,
3386     buf_T	*buf,
3387     char_u	*fname,	    /* file name to be used (can differ from
3388 			       buf->ffname) */
3389     char_u	*ffname,    /* full path version of fname */
3390     int		other)	    /* writing under other name */
3391 {
3392     /*
3393      * write to other file or b_flags set or not writing the whole file:
3394      * overwriting only allowed with '!'
3395      */
3396     if (       (other
3397 		|| (buf->b_flags & BF_NOTEDITED)
3398 		|| ((buf->b_flags & BF_NEW)
3399 		    && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_OVERNEW) == NULL)
3400 		|| (buf->b_flags & BF_READERR))
3401 	    && !p_wa
3402 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
3403 	    && !bt_nofile(buf)
3404 #endif
3405 	    && vim_fexists(ffname))
3406     {
3407 	if (!eap->forceit && !eap->append)
3408 	{
3409 #ifdef UNIX
3410 	    /* with UNIX it is possible to open a directory */
3411 	    if (mch_isdir(ffname))
3412 	    {
3413 		semsg(_(e_isadir2), ffname);
3414 		return FAIL;
3415 	    }
3416 #endif
3417 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
3418 	    if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm)
3419 	    {
3420 		char_u	buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE];
3421 
3422 		dialog_msg(buff, _("Overwrite existing file \"%s\"?"), fname);
3423 		if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) != VIM_YES)
3424 		    return FAIL;
3425 		eap->forceit = TRUE;
3426 	    }
3427 	    else
3428 #endif
3429 	    {
3430 		emsg(_(e_exists));
3431 		return FAIL;
3432 	    }
3433 	}
3434 
3435 	/* For ":w! filename" check that no swap file exists for "filename". */
3436 	if (other && !emsg_silent)
3437 	{
3438 	    char_u	*dir;
3439 	    char_u	*p;
3440 	    int		r;
3441 	    char_u	*swapname;
3442 
3443 	    /* We only try the first entry in 'directory', without checking if
3444 	     * it's writable.  If the "." directory is not writable the write
3445 	     * will probably fail anyway.
3446 	     * Use 'shortname' of the current buffer, since there is no buffer
3447 	     * for the written file. */
3448 	    if (*p_dir == NUL)
3449 	    {
3450 		dir = alloc(5);
3451 		if (dir == NULL)
3452 		    return FAIL;
3453 		STRCPY(dir, ".");
3454 	    }
3455 	    else
3456 	    {
3457 		dir = alloc(MAXPATHL);
3458 		if (dir == NULL)
3459 		    return FAIL;
3460 		p = p_dir;
3461 		copy_option_part(&p, dir, MAXPATHL, ",");
3462 	    }
3463 	    swapname = makeswapname(fname, ffname, curbuf, dir);
3464 	    vim_free(dir);
3465 	    r = vim_fexists(swapname);
3466 	    if (r)
3467 	    {
3468 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
3469 		if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm)
3470 		{
3471 		    char_u	buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE];
3472 
3473 		    dialog_msg(buff,
3474 			    _("Swap file \"%s\" exists, overwrite anyway?"),
3475 								    swapname);
3476 		    if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2)
3477 								   != VIM_YES)
3478 		    {
3479 			vim_free(swapname);
3480 			return FAIL;
3481 		    }
3482 		    eap->forceit = TRUE;
3483 		}
3484 		else
3485 #endif
3486 		{
3487 		    semsg(_("E768: Swap file exists: %s (:silent! overrides)"),
3488 								    swapname);
3489 		    vim_free(swapname);
3490 		    return FAIL;
3491 		}
3492 	    }
3493 	    vim_free(swapname);
3494 	}
3495     }
3496     return OK;
3497 }
3498 
3499 /*
3500  * Handle ":wnext", ":wNext" and ":wprevious" commands.
3501  */
3502     void
3503 ex_wnext(exarg_T *eap)
3504 {
3505     int		i;
3506 
3507     if (eap->cmd[1] == 'n')
3508 	i = curwin->w_arg_idx + (int)eap->line2;
3509     else
3510 	i = curwin->w_arg_idx - (int)eap->line2;
3511     eap->line1 = 1;
3512     eap->line2 = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
3513     if (do_write(eap) != FAIL)
3514 	do_argfile(eap, i);
3515 }
3516 
3517 /*
3518  * ":wall", ":wqall" and ":xall": Write all changed files (and exit).
3519  */
3520     void
3521 do_wqall(exarg_T *eap)
3522 {
3523     buf_T	*buf;
3524     int		error = 0;
3525     int		save_forceit = eap->forceit;
3526 
3527     if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_xall || eap->cmdidx == CMD_wqall)
3528 	exiting = TRUE;
3529 
3530     FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf)
3531     {
3532 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL
3533 	if (exiting && term_job_running(buf->b_term))
3534 	{
3535 	    no_write_message_nobang(buf);
3536 	    ++error;
3537 	}
3538 	else
3539 #endif
3540 	if (bufIsChanged(buf) && !bt_dontwrite(buf))
3541 	{
3542 	    /*
3543 	     * Check if there is a reason the buffer cannot be written:
3544 	     * 1. if the 'write' option is set
3545 	     * 2. if there is no file name (even after browsing)
3546 	     * 3. if the 'readonly' is set (even after a dialog)
3547 	     * 4. if overwriting is allowed (even after a dialog)
3548 	     */
3549 	    if (not_writing())
3550 	    {
3551 		++error;
3552 		break;
3553 	    }
3554 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3555 	    /* ":browse wall": ask for file name if there isn't one */
3556 	    if (buf->b_ffname == NULL && cmdmod.browse)
3557 		browse_save_fname(buf);
3558 #endif
3559 	    if (buf->b_ffname == NULL)
3560 	    {
3561 		semsg(_("E141: No file name for buffer %ld"), (long)buf->b_fnum);
3562 		++error;
3563 	    }
3564 	    else if (check_readonly(&eap->forceit, buf)
3565 		    || check_overwrite(eap, buf, buf->b_fname, buf->b_ffname,
3566 							       FALSE) == FAIL)
3567 	    {
3568 		++error;
3569 	    }
3570 	    else
3571 	    {
3572 		bufref_T bufref;
3573 
3574 		set_bufref(&bufref, buf);
3575 		if (buf_write_all(buf, eap->forceit) == FAIL)
3576 		    ++error;
3577 		/* an autocommand may have deleted the buffer */
3578 		if (!bufref_valid(&bufref))
3579 		    buf = firstbuf;
3580 	    }
3581 	    eap->forceit = save_forceit;    /* check_overwrite() may set it */
3582 	}
3583     }
3584     if (exiting)
3585     {
3586 	if (!error)
3587 	    getout(0);		/* exit Vim */
3588 	not_exiting();
3589     }
3590 }
3591 
3592 /*
3593  * Check the 'write' option.
3594  * Return TRUE and give a message when it's not st.
3595  */
3596     int
3597 not_writing(void)
3598 {
3599     if (p_write)
3600 	return FALSE;
3601     emsg(_("E142: File not written: Writing is disabled by 'write' option"));
3602     return TRUE;
3603 }
3604 
3605 /*
3606  * Check if a buffer is read-only (either 'readonly' option is set or file is
3607  * read-only). Ask for overruling in a dialog. Return TRUE and give an error
3608  * message when the buffer is readonly.
3609  */
3610     static int
3611 check_readonly(int *forceit, buf_T *buf)
3612 {
3613     stat_T	st;
3614 
3615     /* Handle a file being readonly when the 'readonly' option is set or when
3616      * the file exists and permissions are read-only.
3617      * We will send 0777 to check_file_readonly(), as the "perm" variable is
3618      * important for device checks but not here. */
3619     if (!*forceit && (buf->b_p_ro
3620 		|| (mch_stat((char *)buf->b_ffname, &st) >= 0
3621 		    && check_file_readonly(buf->b_ffname, 0777))))
3622     {
3623 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
3624 	if ((p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) && buf->b_fname != NULL)
3625 	{
3626 	    char_u	buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE];
3627 
3628 	    if (buf->b_p_ro)
3629 		dialog_msg(buff, _("'readonly' option is set for \"%s\".\nDo you wish to write anyway?"),
3630 		    buf->b_fname);
3631 	    else
3632 		dialog_msg(buff, _("File permissions of \"%s\" are read-only.\nIt may still be possible to write it.\nDo you wish to try?"),
3633 		    buf->b_fname);
3634 
3635 	    if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) == VIM_YES)
3636 	    {
3637 		/* Set forceit, to force the writing of a readonly file */
3638 		*forceit = TRUE;
3639 		return FALSE;
3640 	    }
3641 	    else
3642 		return TRUE;
3643 	}
3644 	else
3645 #endif
3646 	if (buf->b_p_ro)
3647 	    emsg(_(e_readonly));
3648 	else
3649 	    semsg(_("E505: \"%s\" is read-only (add ! to override)"),
3650 		    buf->b_fname);
3651 	return TRUE;
3652     }
3653 
3654     return FALSE;
3655 }
3656 
3657 /*
3658  * Try to abandon the current file and edit a new or existing file.
3659  * "fnum" is the number of the file, if zero use "ffname_arg"/"sfname_arg".
3660  * "lnum" is the line number for the cursor in the new file (if non-zero).
3661  *
3662  * Return:
3663  * GETFILE_ERROR for "normal" error,
3664  * GETFILE_NOT_WRITTEN for "not written" error,
3665  * GETFILE_SAME_FILE for success
3666  * GETFILE_OPEN_OTHER for successfully opening another file.
3667  */
3668     int
3669 getfile(
3670     int		fnum,
3671     char_u	*ffname_arg,
3672     char_u	*sfname_arg,
3673     int		setpm,
3674     linenr_T	lnum,
3675     int		forceit)
3676 {
3677     char_u	*ffname = ffname_arg;
3678     char_u	*sfname = sfname_arg;
3679     int		other;
3680     int		retval;
3681     char_u	*free_me = NULL;
3682 
3683     if (text_locked())
3684 	return GETFILE_ERROR;
3685     if (curbuf_locked())
3686 	return GETFILE_ERROR;
3687 
3688     if (fnum == 0)
3689     {
3690 					/* make ffname full path, set sfname */
3691 	fname_expand(curbuf, &ffname, &sfname);
3692 	other = otherfile(ffname);
3693 	free_me = ffname;		/* has been allocated, free() later */
3694     }
3695     else
3696 	other = (fnum != curbuf->b_fnum);
3697 
3698     if (other)
3699 	++no_wait_return;	    /* don't wait for autowrite message */
3700     if (other && !forceit && curbuf->b_nwindows == 1 && !buf_hide(curbuf)
3701 		   && curbufIsChanged() && autowrite(curbuf, forceit) == FAIL)
3702     {
3703 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
3704 	if (p_confirm && p_write)
3705 	    dialog_changed(curbuf, FALSE);
3706 	if (curbufIsChanged())
3707 #endif
3708 	{
3709 	    if (other)
3710 		--no_wait_return;
3711 	    no_write_message();
3712 	    retval = GETFILE_NOT_WRITTEN;	/* file has been changed */
3713 	    goto theend;
3714 	}
3715     }
3716     if (other)
3717 	--no_wait_return;
3718     if (setpm)
3719 	setpcmark();
3720     if (!other)
3721     {
3722 	if (lnum != 0)
3723 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
3724 	check_cursor_lnum();
3725 	beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);
3726 	retval = GETFILE_SAME_FILE;	/* it's in the same file */
3727     }
3728     else if (do_ecmd(fnum, ffname, sfname, NULL, lnum,
3729 	     (buf_hide(curbuf) ? ECMD_HIDE : 0) + (forceit ? ECMD_FORCEIT : 0),
3730 		curwin) == OK)
3731 	retval = GETFILE_OPEN_OTHER;	/* opened another file */
3732     else
3733 	retval = GETFILE_ERROR;		/* error encountered */
3734 
3735 theend:
3736     vim_free(free_me);
3737     return retval;
3738 }
3739 
3740 /*
3741  * start editing a new file
3742  *
3743  *     fnum: file number; if zero use ffname/sfname
3744  *   ffname: the file name
3745  *		- full path if sfname used,
3746  *		- any file name if sfname is NULL
3747  *		- empty string to re-edit with the same file name (but may be
3748  *		    in a different directory)
3749  *		- NULL to start an empty buffer
3750  *   sfname: the short file name (or NULL)
3751  *	eap: contains the command to be executed after loading the file and
3752  *	     forced 'ff' and 'fenc'
3753  *  newlnum: if > 0: put cursor on this line number (if possible)
3754  *	     if ECMD_LASTL: use last position in loaded file
3755  *	     if ECMD_LAST: use last position in all files
3756  *	     if ECMD_ONE: use first line
3757  *    flags:
3758  *	   ECMD_HIDE: if TRUE don't free the current buffer
3759  *     ECMD_SET_HELP: set b_help flag of (new) buffer before opening file
3760  *	 ECMD_OLDBUF: use existing buffer if it exists
3761  *	ECMD_FORCEIT: ! used for Ex command
3762  *	 ECMD_ADDBUF: don't edit, just add to buffer list
3763  *   oldwin: Should be "curwin" when editing a new buffer in the current
3764  *	     window, NULL when splitting the window first.  When not NULL info
3765  *	     of the previous buffer for "oldwin" is stored.
3766  *
3767  * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
3768  */
3769     int
3770 do_ecmd(
3771     int		fnum,
3772     char_u	*ffname,
3773     char_u	*sfname,
3774     exarg_T	*eap,			/* can be NULL! */
3775     linenr_T	newlnum,
3776     int		flags,
3777     win_T	*oldwin)
3778 {
3779     int		other_file;		/* TRUE if editing another file */
3780     int		oldbuf;			/* TRUE if using existing buffer */
3781     int		auto_buf = FALSE;	/* TRUE if autocommands brought us
3782 					   into the buffer unexpectedly */
3783     char_u	*new_name = NULL;
3784 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
3785     int		did_set_swapcommand = FALSE;
3786 #endif
3787     buf_T	*buf;
3788     bufref_T	bufref;
3789     bufref_T	old_curbuf;
3790     char_u	*free_fname = NULL;
3791 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3792     char_u	*browse_file = NULL;
3793 #endif
3794     int		retval = FAIL;
3795     long	n;
3796     pos_T	orig_pos;
3797     linenr_T	topline = 0;
3798     int		newcol = -1;
3799     int		solcol = -1;
3800     pos_T	*pos;
3801     char_u	*command = NULL;
3802 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3803     int		did_get_winopts = FALSE;
3804 #endif
3805     int		readfile_flags = 0;
3806     int		did_inc_redrawing_disabled = FALSE;
3807     long        *so_ptr = curwin->w_p_so >= 0 ? &curwin->w_p_so : &p_so;
3808 
3809     if (eap != NULL)
3810 	command = eap->do_ecmd_cmd;
3811     set_bufref(&old_curbuf, curbuf);
3812 
3813     if (fnum != 0)
3814     {
3815 	if (fnum == curbuf->b_fnum)	/* file is already being edited */
3816 	    return OK;			/* nothing to do */
3817 	other_file = TRUE;
3818     }
3819     else
3820     {
3821 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
3822 	if (cmdmod.browse)
3823 	{
3824 	    if (
3825 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
3826 		!gui.in_use &&
3827 # endif
3828 		    au_has_group((char_u *)"FileExplorer"))
3829 	    {
3830 		/* No browsing supported but we do have the file explorer:
3831 		 * Edit the directory. */
3832 		if (ffname == NULL || !mch_isdir(ffname))
3833 		    ffname = (char_u *)".";
3834 	    }
3835 	    else
3836 	    {
3837 		browse_file = do_browse(0, (char_u *)_("Edit File"), ffname,
3838 						    NULL, NULL, NULL, curbuf);
3839 		if (browse_file == NULL)
3840 		    goto theend;
3841 		ffname = browse_file;
3842 	    }
3843 	}
3844 #endif
3845 	/* if no short name given, use ffname for short name */
3846 	if (sfname == NULL)
3847 	    sfname = ffname;
3848 #ifdef USE_FNAME_CASE
3849 	if (sfname != NULL)
3850 	    fname_case(sfname, 0);   /* set correct case for sfname */
3851 #endif
3852 
3853 	if ((flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) && (ffname == NULL || *ffname == NUL))
3854 	    goto theend;
3855 
3856 	if (ffname == NULL)
3857 	    other_file = TRUE;
3858 					    /* there is no file name */
3859 	else if (*ffname == NUL && curbuf->b_ffname == NULL)
3860 	    other_file = FALSE;
3861 	else
3862 	{
3863 	    if (*ffname == NUL)		    /* re-edit with same file name */
3864 	    {
3865 		ffname = curbuf->b_ffname;
3866 		sfname = curbuf->b_fname;
3867 	    }
3868 	    free_fname = fix_fname(ffname); /* may expand to full path name */
3869 	    if (free_fname != NULL)
3870 		ffname = free_fname;
3871 	    other_file = otherfile(ffname);
3872 	}
3873     }
3874 
3875     /*
3876      * if the file was changed we may not be allowed to abandon it
3877      * - if we are going to re-edit the same file
3878      * - or if we are the only window on this file and if ECMD_HIDE is FALSE
3879      */
3880     if (  ((!other_file && !(flags & ECMD_OLDBUF))
3881 	    || (curbuf->b_nwindows == 1
3882 		&& !(flags & (ECMD_HIDE | ECMD_ADDBUF))))
3883 	&& check_changed(curbuf, (p_awa ? CCGD_AW : 0)
3884 			       | (other_file ? 0 : CCGD_MULTWIN)
3885 			       | ((flags & ECMD_FORCEIT) ? CCGD_FORCEIT : 0)
3886 			       | (eap == NULL ? 0 : CCGD_EXCMD)))
3887     {
3888 	if (fnum == 0 && other_file && ffname != NULL)
3889 	    (void)setaltfname(ffname, sfname, newlnum < 0 ? 0 : newlnum);
3890 	goto theend;
3891     }
3892 
3893     /*
3894      * End Visual mode before switching to another buffer, so the text can be
3895      * copied into the GUI selection buffer.
3896      */
3897     reset_VIsual();
3898 
3899 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
3900     if ((command != NULL || newlnum > (linenr_T)0)
3901 	    && *get_vim_var_str(VV_SWAPCOMMAND) == NUL)
3902     {
3903 	int	len;
3904 	char_u	*p;
3905 
3906 	/* Set v:swapcommand for the SwapExists autocommands. */
3907 	if (command != NULL)
3908 	    len = (int)STRLEN(command) + 3;
3909 	else
3910 	    len = 30;
3911 	p = alloc((unsigned)len);
3912 	if (p != NULL)
3913 	{
3914 	    if (command != NULL)
3915 		vim_snprintf((char *)p, len, ":%s\r", command);
3916 	    else
3917 		vim_snprintf((char *)p, len, "%ldG", (long)newlnum);
3918 	    set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCOMMAND, p, -1);
3919 	    did_set_swapcommand = TRUE;
3920 	    vim_free(p);
3921 	}
3922     }
3923 #endif
3924 
3925     /*
3926      * If we are starting to edit another file, open a (new) buffer.
3927      * Otherwise we re-use the current buffer.
3928      */
3929     if (other_file)
3930     {
3931 	if (!(flags & ECMD_ADDBUF))
3932 	{
3933 	    if (!cmdmod.keepalt)
3934 		curwin->w_alt_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum;
3935 	    if (oldwin != NULL)
3936 		buflist_altfpos(oldwin);
3937 	}
3938 
3939 	if (fnum)
3940 	    buf = buflist_findnr(fnum);
3941 	else
3942 	{
3943 	    if (flags & ECMD_ADDBUF)
3944 	    {
3945 		linenr_T	tlnum = 1L;
3946 
3947 		if (command != NULL)
3948 		{
3949 		    tlnum = atol((char *)command);
3950 		    if (tlnum <= 0)
3951 			tlnum = 1L;
3952 		}
3953 		(void)buflist_new(ffname, sfname, tlnum, BLN_LISTED);
3954 		goto theend;
3955 	    }
3956 	    buf = buflist_new(ffname, sfname, 0L,
3957 		    BLN_CURBUF | ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) ? 0 : BLN_LISTED));
3958 
3959 	    /* autocommands may change curwin and curbuf */
3960 	    if (oldwin != NULL)
3961 		oldwin = curwin;
3962 	    set_bufref(&old_curbuf, curbuf);
3963 	}
3964 	if (buf == NULL)
3965 	    goto theend;
3966 	if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL)		/* no memfile yet */
3967 	{
3968 	    oldbuf = FALSE;
3969 	}
3970 	else					/* existing memfile */
3971 	{
3972 	    oldbuf = TRUE;
3973 	    set_bufref(&bufref, buf);
3974 	    (void)buf_check_timestamp(buf, FALSE);
3975 	    /* Check if autocommands made the buffer invalid or changed the
3976 	     * current buffer. */
3977 	    if (!bufref_valid(&bufref) || curbuf != old_curbuf.br_buf)
3978 		goto theend;
3979 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3980 	    if (aborting())	    /* autocmds may abort script processing */
3981 		goto theend;
3982 #endif
3983 	}
3984 
3985 	/* May jump to last used line number for a loaded buffer or when asked
3986 	 * for explicitly */
3987 	if ((oldbuf && newlnum == ECMD_LASTL) || newlnum == ECMD_LAST)
3988 	{
3989 	    pos = buflist_findfpos(buf);
3990 	    newlnum = pos->lnum;
3991 	    solcol = pos->col;
3992 	}
3993 
3994 	/*
3995 	 * Make the (new) buffer the one used by the current window.
3996 	 * If the old buffer becomes unused, free it if ECMD_HIDE is FALSE.
3997 	 * If the current buffer was empty and has no file name, curbuf
3998 	 * is returned by buflist_new(), nothing to do here.
3999 	 */
4000 	if (buf != curbuf)
4001 	{
4002 	    /*
4003 	     * Be careful: The autocommands may delete any buffer and change
4004 	     * the current buffer.
4005 	     * - If the buffer we are going to edit is deleted, give up.
4006 	     * - If the current buffer is deleted, prefer to load the new
4007 	     *   buffer when loading a buffer is required.  This avoids
4008 	     *   loading another buffer which then must be closed again.
4009 	     * - If we ended up in the new buffer already, need to skip a few
4010 	     *	 things, set auto_buf.
4011 	     */
4012 	    if (buf->b_fname != NULL)
4013 		new_name = vim_strsave(buf->b_fname);
4014 	    set_bufref(&au_new_curbuf, buf);
4015 	    apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
4016 	    if (!bufref_valid(&au_new_curbuf))
4017 	    {
4018 		/* new buffer has been deleted */
4019 		delbuf_msg(new_name);	/* frees new_name */
4020 		goto theend;
4021 	    }
4022 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4023 	    if (aborting())	    /* autocmds may abort script processing */
4024 	    {
4025 		vim_free(new_name);
4026 		goto theend;
4027 	    }
4028 #endif
4029 	    if (buf == curbuf)		/* already in new buffer */
4030 		auto_buf = TRUE;
4031 	    else
4032 	    {
4033 		win_T	    *the_curwin = curwin;
4034 
4035 		/* Set the w_closing flag to avoid that autocommands close the
4036 		 * window.  And set b_locked for the same reason. */
4037 		the_curwin->w_closing = TRUE;
4038 		++buf->b_locked;
4039 
4040 		if (curbuf == old_curbuf.br_buf)
4041 		    buf_copy_options(buf, BCO_ENTER);
4042 
4043 		/* Close the link to the current buffer. This will set
4044 		 * oldwin->w_buffer to NULL. */
4045 		u_sync(FALSE);
4046 		close_buffer(oldwin, curbuf,
4047 			       (flags & ECMD_HIDE) ? 0 : DOBUF_UNLOAD, FALSE);
4048 
4049 		the_curwin->w_closing = FALSE;
4050 		--buf->b_locked;
4051 
4052 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4053 		/* autocmds may abort script processing */
4054 		if (aborting() && curwin->w_buffer != NULL)
4055 		{
4056 		    vim_free(new_name);
4057 		    goto theend;
4058 		}
4059 #endif
4060 		/* Be careful again, like above. */
4061 		if (!bufref_valid(&au_new_curbuf))
4062 		{
4063 		    /* new buffer has been deleted */
4064 		    delbuf_msg(new_name);	/* frees new_name */
4065 		    goto theend;
4066 		}
4067 		if (buf == curbuf)		/* already in new buffer */
4068 		    auto_buf = TRUE;
4069 		else
4070 		{
4071 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4072 		    /*
4073 		     * <VN> We could instead free the synblock
4074 		     * and re-attach to buffer, perhaps.
4075 		     */
4076 		    if (curwin->w_buffer == NULL
4077 			    || curwin->w_s == &(curwin->w_buffer->b_s))
4078 			curwin->w_s = &(buf->b_s);
4079 #endif
4080 		    curwin->w_buffer = buf;
4081 		    curbuf = buf;
4082 		    ++curbuf->b_nwindows;
4083 
4084 		    /* Set 'fileformat', 'binary' and 'fenc' when forced. */
4085 		    if (!oldbuf && eap != NULL)
4086 		    {
4087 			set_file_options(TRUE, eap);
4088 			set_forced_fenc(eap);
4089 		    }
4090 		}
4091 
4092 		/* May get the window options from the last time this buffer
4093 		 * was in this window (or another window).  If not used
4094 		 * before, reset the local window options to the global
4095 		 * values.  Also restores old folding stuff. */
4096 		get_winopts(curbuf);
4097 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4098 		did_get_winopts = TRUE;
4099 #endif
4100 	    }
4101 	    vim_free(new_name);
4102 	    au_new_curbuf.br_buf = NULL;
4103 	    au_new_curbuf.br_buf_free_count = 0;
4104 	}
4105 
4106 	curwin->w_pcmark.lnum = 1;
4107 	curwin->w_pcmark.col = 0;
4108     }
4109     else /* !other_file */
4110     {
4111 	if ((flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) || check_fname() == FAIL)
4112 	    goto theend;
4113 
4114 	oldbuf = (flags & ECMD_OLDBUF);
4115     }
4116 
4117     /* Don't redraw until the cursor is in the right line, otherwise
4118      * autocommands may cause ml_get errors. */
4119     ++RedrawingDisabled;
4120     did_inc_redrawing_disabled = TRUE;
4121 
4122     buf = curbuf;
4123     if ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) || keep_help_flag)
4124     {
4125 	prepare_help_buffer();
4126     }
4127     else
4128     {
4129 	/* Don't make a buffer listed if it's a help buffer.  Useful when
4130 	 * using CTRL-O to go back to a help file. */
4131 	if (!curbuf->b_help)
4132 	    set_buflisted(TRUE);
4133     }
4134 
4135     /* If autocommands change buffers under our fingers, forget about
4136      * editing the file. */
4137     if (buf != curbuf)
4138 	goto theend;
4139 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4140     if (aborting())	    /* autocmds may abort script processing */
4141 	goto theend;
4142 #endif
4143 
4144     /* Since we are starting to edit a file, consider the filetype to be
4145      * unset.  Helps for when an autocommand changes files and expects syntax
4146      * highlighting to work in the other file. */
4147     did_filetype = FALSE;
4148 
4149 /*
4150  * other_file	oldbuf
4151  *  FALSE	FALSE	    re-edit same file, buffer is re-used
4152  *  FALSE	TRUE	    re-edit same file, nothing changes
4153  *  TRUE	FALSE	    start editing new file, new buffer
4154  *  TRUE	TRUE	    start editing in existing buffer (nothing to do)
4155  */
4156     if (!other_file && !oldbuf)		/* re-use the buffer */
4157     {
4158 	set_last_cursor(curwin);	/* may set b_last_cursor */
4159 	if (newlnum == ECMD_LAST || newlnum == ECMD_LASTL)
4160 	{
4161 	    newlnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4162 	    solcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4163 	}
4164 	buf = curbuf;
4165 	if (buf->b_fname != NULL)
4166 	    new_name = vim_strsave(buf->b_fname);
4167 	else
4168 	    new_name = NULL;
4169 	set_bufref(&bufref, buf);
4170 
4171 	if (p_ur < 0 || curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count <= p_ur)
4172 	{
4173 	    /* Save all the text, so that the reload can be undone.
4174 	     * Sync first so that this is a separate undo-able action. */
4175 	    u_sync(FALSE);
4176 	    if (u_savecommon(0, curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1, 0, TRUE)
4177 								     == FAIL)
4178 	    {
4179 		vim_free(new_name);
4180 		goto theend;
4181 	    }
4182 	    u_unchanged(curbuf);
4183 	    buf_freeall(curbuf, BFA_KEEP_UNDO);
4184 
4185 	    /* tell readfile() not to clear or reload undo info */
4186 	    readfile_flags = READ_KEEP_UNDO;
4187 	}
4188 	else
4189 	    buf_freeall(curbuf, 0);   /* free all things for buffer */
4190 
4191 	/* If autocommands deleted the buffer we were going to re-edit, give
4192 	 * up and jump to the end. */
4193 	if (!bufref_valid(&bufref))
4194 	{
4195 	    delbuf_msg(new_name);	/* frees new_name */
4196 	    goto theend;
4197 	}
4198 	vim_free(new_name);
4199 
4200 	/* If autocommands change buffers under our fingers, forget about
4201 	 * re-editing the file.  Should do the buf_clear_file(), but perhaps
4202 	 * the autocommands changed the buffer... */
4203 	if (buf != curbuf)
4204 	    goto theend;
4205 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4206 	if (aborting())	    /* autocmds may abort script processing */
4207 	    goto theend;
4208 #endif
4209 	buf_clear_file(curbuf);
4210 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = 0;	/* clear '[ and '] marks */
4211 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = 0;
4212     }
4213 
4214 /*
4215  * If we get here we are sure to start editing
4216  */
4217     /* Assume success now */
4218     retval = OK;
4219 
4220     /*
4221      * Check if we are editing the w_arg_idx file in the argument list.
4222      */
4223     check_arg_idx(curwin);
4224 
4225     if (!auto_buf)
4226     {
4227 	/*
4228 	 * Set cursor and init window before reading the file and executing
4229 	 * autocommands.  This allows for the autocommands to position the
4230 	 * cursor.
4231 	 */
4232 	curwin_init();
4233 
4234 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4235 	/* It's possible that all lines in the buffer changed.  Need to update
4236 	 * automatic folding for all windows where it's used. */
4237 	{
4238 	    win_T	    *win;
4239 	    tabpage_T	    *tp;
4240 
4241 	    FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win)
4242 		if (win->w_buffer == curbuf)
4243 		    foldUpdateAll(win);
4244 	}
4245 #endif
4246 
4247 	/* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */
4248 	DO_AUTOCHDIR;
4249 
4250 	/*
4251 	 * Careful: open_buffer() and apply_autocmds() may change the current
4252 	 * buffer and window.
4253 	 */
4254 	orig_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4255 	topline = curwin->w_topline;
4256 	if (!oldbuf)			    /* need to read the file */
4257 	{
4258 #if defined(HAS_SWAP_EXISTS_ACTION)
4259 	    swap_exists_action = SEA_DIALOG;
4260 #endif
4261 	    curbuf->b_flags |= BF_CHECK_RO; /* set/reset 'ro' flag */
4262 
4263 	    /*
4264 	     * Open the buffer and read the file.
4265 	     */
4266 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
4267 	    if (should_abort(open_buffer(FALSE, eap, readfile_flags)))
4268 		retval = FAIL;
4269 #else
4270 	    (void)open_buffer(FALSE, eap, readfile_flags);
4271 #endif
4272 
4273 #if defined(HAS_SWAP_EXISTS_ACTION)
4274 	    if (swap_exists_action == SEA_QUIT)
4275 		retval = FAIL;
4276 	    handle_swap_exists(&old_curbuf);
4277 #endif
4278 	}
4279 	else
4280 	{
4281 	    /* Read the modelines, but only to set window-local options.  Any
4282 	     * buffer-local options have already been set and may have been
4283 	     * changed by the user. */
4284 	    do_modelines(OPT_WINONLY);
4285 
4286 	    apply_autocmds_retval(EVENT_BUFENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf,
4287 								    &retval);
4288 	    apply_autocmds_retval(EVENT_BUFWINENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf,
4289 								    &retval);
4290 	}
4291 	check_arg_idx(curwin);
4292 
4293 	/* If autocommands change the cursor position or topline, we should
4294 	 * keep it.  Also when it moves within a line. But not when it moves
4295 	 * to the first non-blank. */
4296 	if (!EQUAL_POS(curwin->w_cursor, orig_pos))
4297 	{
4298 	    char_u *text = ml_get_curline();
4299 
4300 	    if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != orig_pos.lnum
4301 		    || curwin->w_cursor.col != (int)(skipwhite(text) - text))
4302 	    {
4303 		newlnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4304 		newcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
4305 	    }
4306 	}
4307 	if (curwin->w_topline == topline)
4308 	    topline = 0;
4309 
4310 	/* Even when cursor didn't move we need to recompute topline. */
4311 	changed_line_abv_curs();
4312 
4313 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
4314 	maketitle();
4315 #endif
4316     }
4317 
4318 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4319     /* Tell the diff stuff that this buffer is new and/or needs updating.
4320      * Also needed when re-editing the same buffer, because unloading will
4321      * have removed it as a diff buffer. */
4322     if (curwin->w_p_diff)
4323     {
4324 	diff_buf_add(curbuf);
4325 	diff_invalidate(curbuf);
4326     }
4327 #endif
4328 
4329 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4330     /* If the window options were changed may need to set the spell language.
4331      * Can only do this after the buffer has been properly setup. */
4332     if (did_get_winopts && curwin->w_p_spell && *curwin->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL)
4333 	(void)did_set_spelllang(curwin);
4334 #endif
4335 
4336     if (command == NULL)
4337     {
4338 	if (newcol >= 0)	/* position set by autocommands */
4339 	{
4340 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = newlnum;
4341 	    curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
4342 	    check_cursor();
4343 	}
4344 	else if (newlnum > 0)	/* line number from caller or old position */
4345 	{
4346 	    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = newlnum;
4347 	    check_cursor_lnum();
4348 	    if (solcol >= 0 && !p_sol)
4349 	    {
4350 		/* 'sol' is off: Use last known column. */
4351 		curwin->w_cursor.col = solcol;
4352 		check_cursor_col();
4353 		curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
4354 		curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
4355 	    }
4356 	    else
4357 		beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);
4358 	}
4359 	else			/* no line number, go to last line in Ex mode */
4360 	{
4361 	    if (exmode_active)
4362 		curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4363 	    beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);
4364 	}
4365     }
4366 
4367     /* Check if cursors in other windows on the same buffer are still valid */
4368     check_lnums(FALSE);
4369 
4370     /*
4371      * Did not read the file, need to show some info about the file.
4372      * Do this after setting the cursor.
4373      */
4374     if (oldbuf && !auto_buf)
4375     {
4376 	int	msg_scroll_save = msg_scroll;
4377 
4378 	/* Obey the 'O' flag in 'cpoptions': overwrite any previous file
4379 	 * message. */
4380 	if (shortmess(SHM_OVERALL) && !exiting && p_verbose == 0)
4381 	    msg_scroll = FALSE;
4382 	if (!msg_scroll)	/* wait a bit when overwriting an error msg */
4383 	    check_for_delay(FALSE);
4384 	msg_start();
4385 	msg_scroll = msg_scroll_save;
4386 	msg_scrolled_ign = TRUE;
4387 
4388 	if (!shortmess(SHM_FILEINFO))
4389 	    fileinfo(FALSE, TRUE, FALSE);
4390 
4391 	msg_scrolled_ign = FALSE;
4392     }
4393 
4394 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO
4395     curbuf->b_last_used = vim_time();
4396 #endif
4397 
4398     if (command != NULL)
4399 	do_cmdline(command, NULL, NULL, DOCMD_VERBOSE);
4400 
4401 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP
4402     if (curbuf->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_INIT)
4403 	(void)keymap_init();
4404 #endif
4405 
4406     --RedrawingDisabled;
4407     did_inc_redrawing_disabled = FALSE;
4408     if (!skip_redraw)
4409     {
4410 	n = *so_ptr;
4411 	if (topline == 0 && command == NULL)
4412 	    *so_ptr = 9999;		// force cursor halfway the window
4413 	update_topline();
4414 	curwin->w_scbind_pos = curwin->w_topline;
4415 	*so_ptr = n;
4416 	redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);	/* redraw this buffer later */
4417     }
4418 
4419     if (p_im)
4420 	need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
4421 
4422 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCHDIR
4423     /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set and we aren't already in
4424      * that directory (should already be done above). Expect getcwd() to be
4425      * faster than calling shorten_fnames() unnecessarily. */
4426     if (p_acd && curbuf->b_ffname != NULL)
4427     {
4428 	char_u	curdir[MAXPATHL];
4429 	char_u	filedir[MAXPATHL];
4430 
4431 	vim_strncpy(filedir, curbuf->b_ffname, MAXPATHL - 1);
4432 	*gettail_sep(filedir) = NUL;
4433 	if (mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL) != FAIL
4434 		&& vim_fnamecmp(curdir, filedir) != 0)
4435 	    do_autochdir();
4436     }
4437 #endif
4438 
4439 #if defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG)
4440     if (curbuf->b_ffname != NULL)
4441     {
4442 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
4443 	if ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) != ECMD_SET_HELP)
4444 	    netbeans_file_opened(curbuf);
4445 # endif
4446     }
4447 #endif
4448 
4449 theend:
4450     if (did_inc_redrawing_disabled)
4451 	--RedrawingDisabled;
4452 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
4453     if (did_set_swapcommand)
4454 	set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCOMMAND, NULL, -1);
4455 #endif
4456 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
4457     vim_free(browse_file);
4458 #endif
4459     vim_free(free_fname);
4460     return retval;
4461 }
4462 
4463     static void
4464 delbuf_msg(char_u *name)
4465 {
4466     semsg(_("E143: Autocommands unexpectedly deleted new buffer %s"),
4467 	    name == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : name);
4468     vim_free(name);
4469     au_new_curbuf.br_buf = NULL;
4470     au_new_curbuf.br_buf_free_count = 0;
4471 }
4472 
4473 static int append_indent = 0;	    /* autoindent for first line */
4474 
4475 /*
4476  * ":insert" and ":append", also used by ":change"
4477  */
4478     void
4479 ex_append(exarg_T *eap)
4480 {
4481     char_u	*theline;
4482     int		did_undo = FALSE;
4483     linenr_T	lnum = eap->line2;
4484     int		indent = 0;
4485     char_u	*p;
4486     int		vcol;
4487     int		empty = (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY);
4488 
4489     /* the ! flag toggles autoindent */
4490     if (eap->forceit)
4491 	curbuf->b_p_ai = !curbuf->b_p_ai;
4492 
4493     /* First autoindent comes from the line we start on */
4494     if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_change && curbuf->b_p_ai && lnum > 0)
4495 	append_indent = get_indent_lnum(lnum);
4496 
4497     if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_append)
4498 	--lnum;
4499 
4500     /* when the buffer is empty need to delete the dummy line */
4501     if (empty && lnum == 1)
4502 	lnum = 0;
4503 
4504     State = INSERT;		    /* behave like in Insert mode */
4505     if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
4506 	State |= LANGMAP;
4507 
4508     for (;;)
4509     {
4510 	msg_scroll = TRUE;
4511 	need_wait_return = FALSE;
4512 	if (curbuf->b_p_ai)
4513 	{
4514 	    if (append_indent >= 0)
4515 	    {
4516 		indent = append_indent;
4517 		append_indent = -1;
4518 	    }
4519 	    else if (lnum > 0)
4520 		indent = get_indent_lnum(lnum);
4521 	}
4522 	ex_keep_indent = FALSE;
4523 	if (eap->getline == NULL)
4524 	{
4525 	    /* No getline() function, use the lines that follow. This ends
4526 	     * when there is no more. */
4527 	    if (eap->nextcmd == NULL || *eap->nextcmd == NUL)
4528 		break;
4529 	    p = vim_strchr(eap->nextcmd, NL);
4530 	    if (p == NULL)
4531 		p = eap->nextcmd + STRLEN(eap->nextcmd);
4532 	    theline = vim_strnsave(eap->nextcmd, (int)(p - eap->nextcmd));
4533 	    if (*p != NUL)
4534 		++p;
4535 	    eap->nextcmd = p;
4536 	}
4537 	else
4538 	{
4539 	    int save_State = State;
4540 
4541 	    /* Set State to avoid the cursor shape to be set to INSERT mode
4542 	     * when getline() returns. */
4543 	    State = CMDLINE;
4544 	    theline = eap->getline(
4545 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4546 		    eap->cstack->cs_looplevel > 0 ? -1 :
4547 #endif
4548 		    NUL, eap->cookie, indent);
4549 	    State = save_State;
4550 	}
4551 	lines_left = Rows - 1;
4552 	if (theline == NULL)
4553 	    break;
4554 
4555 	/* Using ^ CTRL-D in getexmodeline() makes us repeat the indent. */
4556 	if (ex_keep_indent)
4557 	    append_indent = indent;
4558 
4559 	/* Look for the "." after automatic indent. */
4560 	vcol = 0;
4561 	for (p = theline; indent > vcol; ++p)
4562 	{
4563 	    if (*p == ' ')
4564 		++vcol;
4565 	    else if (*p == TAB)
4566 		vcol += 8 - vcol % 8;
4567 	    else
4568 		break;
4569 	}
4570 	if ((p[0] == '.' && p[1] == NUL)
4571 		|| (!did_undo && u_save(lnum, lnum + 1 + (empty ? 1 : 0))
4572 								     == FAIL))
4573 	{
4574 	    vim_free(theline);
4575 	    break;
4576 	}
4577 
4578 	/* don't use autoindent if nothing was typed. */
4579 	if (p[0] == NUL)
4580 	    theline[0] = NUL;
4581 
4582 	did_undo = TRUE;
4583 	ml_append(lnum, theline, (colnr_T)0, FALSE);
4584 	appended_lines_mark(lnum + (empty ? 1 : 0), 1L);
4585 
4586 	vim_free(theline);
4587 	++lnum;
4588 
4589 	if (empty)
4590 	{
4591 	    ml_delete(2L, FALSE);
4592 	    empty = FALSE;
4593 	}
4594     }
4595     State = NORMAL;
4596 
4597     if (eap->forceit)
4598 	curbuf->b_p_ai = !curbuf->b_p_ai;
4599 
4600     /* "start" is set to eap->line2+1 unless that position is invalid (when
4601      * eap->line2 pointed to the end of the buffer and nothing was appended)
4602      * "end" is set to lnum when something has been appended, otherwise
4603      * it is the same than "start"  -- Acevedo */
4604     curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = (eap->line2 < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) ?
4605 	eap->line2 + 1 : curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4606     if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_append)
4607 	--curbuf->b_op_start.lnum;
4608     curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = (eap->line2 < lnum)
4609 					     ? lnum : curbuf->b_op_start.lnum;
4610     curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0;
4611     curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
4612     check_cursor_lnum();
4613     beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);
4614 
4615     need_wait_return = FALSE;	/* don't use wait_return() now */
4616     ex_no_reprint = TRUE;
4617 }
4618 
4619 /*
4620  * ":change"
4621  */
4622     void
4623 ex_change(exarg_T *eap)
4624 {
4625     linenr_T	lnum;
4626 
4627     if (eap->line2 >= eap->line1
4628 	    && u_save(eap->line1 - 1, eap->line2 + 1) == FAIL)
4629 	return;
4630 
4631     /* the ! flag toggles autoindent */
4632     if (eap->forceit ? !curbuf->b_p_ai : curbuf->b_p_ai)
4633 	append_indent = get_indent_lnum(eap->line1);
4634 
4635     for (lnum = eap->line2; lnum >= eap->line1; --lnum)
4636     {
4637 	if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY)	    /* nothing to delete */
4638 	    break;
4639 	ml_delete(eap->line1, FALSE);
4640     }
4641 
4642     /* make sure the cursor is not beyond the end of the file now */
4643     check_cursor_lnum();
4644     deleted_lines_mark(eap->line1, (long)(eap->line2 - lnum));
4645 
4646     /* ":append" on the line above the deleted lines. */
4647     eap->line2 = eap->line1;
4648     ex_append(eap);
4649 }
4650 
4651     void
4652 ex_z(exarg_T *eap)
4653 {
4654     char_u	*x;
4655     long	bigness;
4656     char_u	*kind;
4657     int		minus = 0;
4658     linenr_T	start, end, curs, i;
4659     int		j;
4660     linenr_T	lnum = eap->line2;
4661 
4662     /* Vi compatible: ":z!" uses display height, without a count uses
4663      * 'scroll' */
4664     if (eap->forceit)
4665 	bigness = curwin->w_height;
4666     else if (!ONE_WINDOW)
4667 	bigness = curwin->w_height - 3;
4668     else
4669 	bigness = curwin->w_p_scr * 2;
4670     if (bigness < 1)
4671 	bigness = 1;
4672 
4673     x = eap->arg;
4674     kind = x;
4675     if (*kind == '-' || *kind == '+' || *kind == '='
4676 					      || *kind == '^' || *kind == '.')
4677 	++x;
4678     while (*x == '-' || *x == '+')
4679 	++x;
4680 
4681     if (*x != 0)
4682     {
4683 	if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*x))
4684 	{
4685 	    emsg(_("E144: non-numeric argument to :z"));
4686 	    return;
4687 	}
4688 	else
4689 	{
4690 	    bigness = atol((char *)x);
4691 
4692 	    /* bigness could be < 0 if atol(x) overflows. */
4693 	    if (bigness > 2 * curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count || bigness < 0)
4694 		bigness = 2 * curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4695 
4696 	    p_window = bigness;
4697 	    if (*kind == '=')
4698 		bigness += 2;
4699 	}
4700     }
4701 
4702     /* the number of '-' and '+' multiplies the distance */
4703     if (*kind == '-' || *kind == '+')
4704 	for (x = kind + 1; *x == *kind; ++x)
4705 	    ;
4706 
4707     switch (*kind)
4708     {
4709 	case '-':
4710 	    start = lnum - bigness * (linenr_T)(x - kind) + 1;
4711 	    end = start + bigness - 1;
4712 	    curs = end;
4713 	    break;
4714 
4715 	case '=':
4716 	    start = lnum - (bigness + 1) / 2 + 1;
4717 	    end = lnum + (bigness + 1) / 2 - 1;
4718 	    curs = lnum;
4719 	    minus = 1;
4720 	    break;
4721 
4722 	case '^':
4723 	    start = lnum - bigness * 2;
4724 	    end = lnum - bigness;
4725 	    curs = lnum - bigness;
4726 	    break;
4727 
4728 	case '.':
4729 	    start = lnum - (bigness + 1) / 2 + 1;
4730 	    end = lnum + (bigness + 1) / 2 - 1;
4731 	    curs = end;
4732 	    break;
4733 
4734 	default:  /* '+' */
4735 	    start = lnum;
4736 	    if (*kind == '+')
4737 		start += bigness * (linenr_T)(x - kind - 1) + 1;
4738 	    else if (eap->addr_count == 0)
4739 		++start;
4740 	    end = start + bigness - 1;
4741 	    curs = end;
4742 	    break;
4743     }
4744 
4745     if (start < 1)
4746 	start = 1;
4747 
4748     if (end > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4749 	end = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4750 
4751     if (curs > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
4752 	curs = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4753     else if (curs < 1)
4754 	curs = 1;
4755 
4756     for (i = start; i <= end; i++)
4757     {
4758 	if (minus && i == lnum)
4759 	{
4760 	    msg_putchar('\n');
4761 
4762 	    for (j = 1; j < Columns; j++)
4763 		msg_putchar('-');
4764 	}
4765 
4766 	print_line(i, eap->flags & EXFLAG_NR, eap->flags & EXFLAG_LIST);
4767 
4768 	if (minus && i == lnum)
4769 	{
4770 	    msg_putchar('\n');
4771 
4772 	    for (j = 1; j < Columns; j++)
4773 		msg_putchar('-');
4774 	}
4775     }
4776 
4777     if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curs)
4778     {
4779 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curs;
4780 	curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
4781     }
4782     ex_no_reprint = TRUE;
4783 }
4784 
4785 /*
4786  * Check if the restricted flag is set.
4787  * If so, give an error message and return TRUE.
4788  * Otherwise, return FALSE.
4789  */
4790     int
4791 check_restricted(void)
4792 {
4793     if (restricted)
4794     {
4795 	emsg(_("E145: Shell commands and some functionality not allowed in rvim"));
4796 	return TRUE;
4797     }
4798     return FALSE;
4799 }
4800 
4801 /*
4802  * Check if the secure flag is set (.exrc or .vimrc in current directory).
4803  * If so, give an error message and return TRUE.
4804  * Otherwise, return FALSE.
4805  */
4806     int
4807 check_secure(void)
4808 {
4809     if (secure)
4810     {
4811 	secure = 2;
4812 	emsg(_(e_curdir));
4813 	return TRUE;
4814     }
4815 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
4816     /*
4817      * In the sandbox more things are not allowed, including the things
4818      * disallowed in secure mode.
4819      */
4820     if (sandbox != 0)
4821     {
4822 	emsg(_(e_sandbox));
4823 	return TRUE;
4824     }
4825 #endif
4826     return FALSE;
4827 }
4828 
4829 static char_u	*old_sub = NULL;	/* previous substitute pattern */
4830 static int	global_need_beginline;	/* call beginline() after ":g" */
4831 
4832 /*
4833  * Flags that are kept between calls to :substitute.
4834  */
4835 typedef struct {
4836     int	do_all;		/* do multiple substitutions per line */
4837     int	do_ask;		/* ask for confirmation */
4838     int	do_count;	/* count only */
4839     int	do_error;	/* if false, ignore errors */
4840     int	do_print;	/* print last line with subs. */
4841     int	do_list;	/* list last line with subs. */
4842     int	do_number;	/* list last line with line nr*/
4843     int	do_ic;		/* ignore case flag */
4844 } subflags_T;
4845 
4846 /* do_sub()
4847  *
4848  * Perform a substitution from line eap->line1 to line eap->line2 using the
4849  * command pointed to by eap->arg which should be of the form:
4850  *
4851  * /pattern/substitution/{flags}
4852  *
4853  * The usual escapes are supported as described in the regexp docs.
4854  */
4855     void
4856 do_sub(exarg_T *eap)
4857 {
4858     linenr_T	lnum;
4859     long	i = 0;
4860     regmmatch_T regmatch;
4861     static subflags_T subflags = {FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE,
4862 							      FALSE, FALSE, 0};
4863 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4864     subflags_T	subflags_save;
4865 #endif
4866     int		save_do_all;		/* remember user specified 'g' flag */
4867     int		save_do_ask;		/* remember user specified 'c' flag */
4868     char_u	*pat = NULL, *sub = NULL;	/* init for GCC */
4869     int		delimiter;
4870     int		sublen;
4871     int		got_quit = FALSE;
4872     int		got_match = FALSE;
4873     int		temp;
4874     int		which_pat;
4875     char_u	*cmd;
4876     int		save_State;
4877     linenr_T	first_line = 0;		/* first changed line */
4878     linenr_T	last_line= 0;		/* below last changed line AFTER the
4879 					 * change */
4880     linenr_T	old_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
4881     linenr_T	line2;
4882     long	nmatch;			/* number of lines in match */
4883     char_u	*sub_firstline;		/* allocated copy of first sub line */
4884     int		endcolumn = FALSE;	/* cursor in last column when done */
4885     pos_T	old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
4886     int		start_nsubs;
4887 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4888     int		save_ma = 0;
4889 #endif
4890 
4891     cmd = eap->arg;
4892     if (!global_busy)
4893     {
4894 	sub_nsubs = 0;
4895 	sub_nlines = 0;
4896     }
4897     start_nsubs = sub_nsubs;
4898 
4899     if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_tilde)
4900 	which_pat = RE_LAST;	/* use last used regexp */
4901     else
4902 	which_pat = RE_SUBST;	/* use last substitute regexp */
4903 
4904 				/* new pattern and substitution */
4905     if (eap->cmd[0] == 's' && *cmd != NUL && !VIM_ISWHITE(*cmd)
4906 		&& vim_strchr((char_u *)"0123456789cegriIp|\"", *cmd) == NULL)
4907     {
4908 				/* don't accept alphanumeric for separator */
4909 	if (isalpha(*cmd))
4910 	{
4911 	    emsg(_("E146: Regular expressions can't be delimited by letters"));
4912 	    return;
4913 	}
4914 	/*
4915 	 * undocumented vi feature:
4916 	 *  "\/sub/" and "\?sub?" use last used search pattern (almost like
4917 	 *  //sub/r).  "\&sub&" use last substitute pattern (like //sub/).
4918 	 */
4919 	if (*cmd == '\\')
4920 	{
4921 	    ++cmd;
4922 	    if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?&", *cmd) == NULL)
4923 	    {
4924 		emsg(_(e_backslash));
4925 		return;
4926 	    }
4927 	    if (*cmd != '&')
4928 		which_pat = RE_SEARCH;	    /* use last '/' pattern */
4929 	    pat = (char_u *)"";		    /* empty search pattern */
4930 	    delimiter = *cmd++;		    /* remember delimiter character */
4931 	}
4932 	else		/* find the end of the regexp */
4933 	{
4934 	    which_pat = RE_LAST;	    /* use last used regexp */
4935 	    delimiter = *cmd++;		    /* remember delimiter character */
4936 	    pat = cmd;			    /* remember start of search pat */
4937 	    cmd = skip_regexp(cmd, delimiter, p_magic, &eap->arg);
4938 	    if (cmd[0] == delimiter)	    /* end delimiter found */
4939 		*cmd++ = NUL;		    /* replace it with a NUL */
4940 	}
4941 
4942 	/*
4943 	 * Small incompatibility: vi sees '\n' as end of the command, but in
4944 	 * Vim we want to use '\n' to find/substitute a NUL.
4945 	 */
4946 	sub = cmd;	    /* remember the start of the substitution */
4947 
4948 	while (cmd[0])
4949 	{
4950 	    if (cmd[0] == delimiter)		/* end delimiter found */
4951 	    {
4952 		*cmd++ = NUL;			/* replace it with a NUL */
4953 		break;
4954 	    }
4955 	    if (cmd[0] == '\\' && cmd[1] != 0)	/* skip escaped characters */
4956 		++cmd;
4957 	    MB_PTR_ADV(cmd);
4958 	}
4959 
4960 	if (!eap->skip)
4961 	{
4962 	    /* In POSIX vi ":s/pat/%/" uses the previous subst. string. */
4963 	    if (STRCMP(sub, "%") == 0
4964 				 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SUBPERCENT) != NULL)
4965 	    {
4966 		if (old_sub == NULL)	/* there is no previous command */
4967 		{
4968 		    emsg(_(e_nopresub));
4969 		    return;
4970 		}
4971 		sub = old_sub;
4972 	    }
4973 	    else
4974 	    {
4975 		vim_free(old_sub);
4976 		old_sub = vim_strsave(sub);
4977 	    }
4978 	}
4979     }
4980     else if (!eap->skip)	/* use previous pattern and substitution */
4981     {
4982 	if (old_sub == NULL)	/* there is no previous command */
4983 	{
4984 	    emsg(_(e_nopresub));
4985 	    return;
4986 	}
4987 	pat = NULL;		/* search_regcomp() will use previous pattern */
4988 	sub = old_sub;
4989 
4990 	/* Vi compatibility quirk: repeating with ":s" keeps the cursor in the
4991 	 * last column after using "$". */
4992 	endcolumn = (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL);
4993     }
4994 
4995     /* Recognize ":%s/\n//" and turn it into a join command, which is much
4996      * more efficient.
4997      * TODO: find a generic solution to make line-joining operations more
4998      * efficient, avoid allocating a string that grows in size.
4999      */
5000     if (pat != NULL && STRCMP(pat, "\\n") == 0
5001 	    && *sub == NUL
5002 	    && (*cmd == NUL || (cmd[1] == NUL && (*cmd == 'g' || *cmd == 'l'
5003 					     || *cmd == 'p' || *cmd == '#'))))
5004     {
5005 	linenr_T    joined_lines_count;
5006 
5007 	curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1;
5008 	if (*cmd == 'l')
5009 	    eap->flags = EXFLAG_LIST;
5010 	else if (*cmd == '#')
5011 	    eap->flags = EXFLAG_NR;
5012 	else if (*cmd == 'p')
5013 	    eap->flags = EXFLAG_PRINT;
5014 
5015 	/* The number of lines joined is the number of lines in the range plus
5016 	 * one.  One less when the last line is included. */
5017 	joined_lines_count = eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1;
5018 	if (eap->line2 < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5019 	    ++joined_lines_count;
5020 	if (joined_lines_count > 1)
5021 	{
5022 	    (void)do_join(joined_lines_count, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
5023 	    sub_nsubs = joined_lines_count - 1;
5024 	    sub_nlines = 1;
5025 	    (void)do_sub_msg(FALSE);
5026 	    ex_may_print(eap);
5027 	}
5028 
5029 	if (!cmdmod.keeppatterns)
5030 	    save_re_pat(RE_SUBST, pat, p_magic);
5031 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST
5032 	/* put pattern in history */
5033 	add_to_history(HIST_SEARCH, pat, TRUE, NUL);
5034 #endif
5035 
5036 	return;
5037     }
5038 
5039     /*
5040      * Find trailing options.  When '&' is used, keep old options.
5041      */
5042     if (*cmd == '&')
5043 	++cmd;
5044     else
5045     {
5046 	if (!p_ed)
5047 	{
5048 	    if (p_gd)		/* default is global on */
5049 		subflags.do_all = TRUE;
5050 	    else
5051 		subflags.do_all = FALSE;
5052 	    subflags.do_ask = FALSE;
5053 	}
5054 	subflags.do_error = TRUE;
5055 	subflags.do_print = FALSE;
5056 	subflags.do_list = FALSE;
5057 	subflags.do_count = FALSE;
5058 	subflags.do_number = FALSE;
5059 	subflags.do_ic = 0;
5060     }
5061     while (*cmd)
5062     {
5063 	/*
5064 	 * Note that 'g' and 'c' are always inverted, also when p_ed is off.
5065 	 * 'r' is never inverted.
5066 	 */
5067 	if (*cmd == 'g')
5068 	    subflags.do_all = !subflags.do_all;
5069 	else if (*cmd == 'c')
5070 	    subflags.do_ask = !subflags.do_ask;
5071 	else if (*cmd == 'n')
5072 	    subflags.do_count = TRUE;
5073 	else if (*cmd == 'e')
5074 	    subflags.do_error = !subflags.do_error;
5075 	else if (*cmd == 'r')	    /* use last used regexp */
5076 	    which_pat = RE_LAST;
5077 	else if (*cmd == 'p')
5078 	    subflags.do_print = TRUE;
5079 	else if (*cmd == '#')
5080 	{
5081 	    subflags.do_print = TRUE;
5082 	    subflags.do_number = TRUE;
5083 	}
5084 	else if (*cmd == 'l')
5085 	{
5086 	    subflags.do_print = TRUE;
5087 	    subflags.do_list = TRUE;
5088 	}
5089 	else if (*cmd == 'i')	    /* ignore case */
5090 	    subflags.do_ic = 'i';
5091 	else if (*cmd == 'I')	    /* don't ignore case */
5092 	    subflags.do_ic = 'I';
5093 	else
5094 	    break;
5095 	++cmd;
5096     }
5097     if (subflags.do_count)
5098 	subflags.do_ask = FALSE;
5099 
5100     save_do_all = subflags.do_all;
5101     save_do_ask = subflags.do_ask;
5102 
5103     /*
5104      * check for a trailing count
5105      */
5106     cmd = skipwhite(cmd);
5107     if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*cmd))
5108     {
5109 	i = getdigits(&cmd);
5110 	if (i <= 0 && !eap->skip && subflags.do_error)
5111 	{
5112 	    emsg(_(e_zerocount));
5113 	    return;
5114 	}
5115 	eap->line1 = eap->line2;
5116 	eap->line2 += i - 1;
5117 	if (eap->line2 > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5118 	    eap->line2 = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
5119     }
5120 
5121     /*
5122      * check for trailing command or garbage
5123      */
5124     cmd = skipwhite(cmd);
5125     if (*cmd && *cmd != '"')	    /* if not end-of-line or comment */
5126     {
5127 	eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(cmd);
5128 	if (eap->nextcmd == NULL)
5129 	{
5130 	    emsg(_(e_trailing));
5131 	    return;
5132 	}
5133     }
5134 
5135     if (eap->skip)	    /* not executing commands, only parsing */
5136 	return;
5137 
5138     if (!subflags.do_count && !curbuf->b_p_ma)
5139     {
5140 	/* Substitution is not allowed in non-'modifiable' buffer */
5141 	emsg(_(e_modifiable));
5142 	return;
5143     }
5144 
5145     if (search_regcomp(pat, RE_SUBST, which_pat, SEARCH_HIS, &regmatch) == FAIL)
5146     {
5147 	if (subflags.do_error)
5148 	    emsg(_(e_invcmd));
5149 	return;
5150     }
5151 
5152     /* the 'i' or 'I' flag overrules 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' */
5153     if (subflags.do_ic == 'i')
5154 	regmatch.rmm_ic = TRUE;
5155     else if (subflags.do_ic == 'I')
5156 	regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
5157 
5158     sub_firstline = NULL;
5159 
5160     /*
5161      * ~ in the substitute pattern is replaced with the old pattern.
5162      * We do it here once to avoid it to be replaced over and over again.
5163      * But don't do it when it starts with "\=", then it's an expression.
5164      */
5165     if (!(sub[0] == '\\' && sub[1] == '='))
5166 	sub = regtilde(sub, p_magic);
5167 
5168     /*
5169      * Check for a match on each line.
5170      */
5171     line2 = eap->line2;
5172     for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= line2 && !(got_quit
5173 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
5174 		|| aborting()
5175 #endif
5176 		); ++lnum)
5177     {
5178 	nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
5179 						       (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL);
5180 	if (nmatch)
5181 	{
5182 	    colnr_T	copycol;
5183 	    colnr_T	matchcol;
5184 	    colnr_T	prev_matchcol = MAXCOL;
5185 	    char_u	*new_end, *new_start = NULL;
5186 	    unsigned	new_start_len = 0;
5187 	    char_u	*p1;
5188 	    int		did_sub = FALSE;
5189 	    int		lastone;
5190 	    int		len, copy_len, needed_len;
5191 	    long	nmatch_tl = 0;	/* nr of lines matched below lnum */
5192 	    int		do_again;	/* do it again after joining lines */
5193 	    int		skip_match = FALSE;
5194 	    linenr_T	sub_firstlnum;	/* nr of first sub line */
5195 
5196 	    /*
5197 	     * The new text is build up step by step, to avoid too much
5198 	     * copying.  There are these pieces:
5199 	     * sub_firstline	The old text, unmodified.
5200 	     * copycol		Column in the old text where we started
5201 	     *			looking for a match; from here old text still
5202 	     *			needs to be copied to the new text.
5203 	     * matchcol		Column number of the old text where to look
5204 	     *			for the next match.  It's just after the
5205 	     *			previous match or one further.
5206 	     * prev_matchcol	Column just after the previous match (if any).
5207 	     *			Mostly equal to matchcol, except for the first
5208 	     *			match and after skipping an empty match.
5209 	     * regmatch.*pos	Where the pattern matched in the old text.
5210 	     * new_start	The new text, all that has been produced so
5211 	     *			far.
5212 	     * new_end		The new text, where to append new text.
5213 	     *
5214 	     * lnum		The line number where we found the start of
5215 	     *			the match.  Can be below the line we searched
5216 	     *			when there is a \n before a \zs in the
5217 	     *			pattern.
5218 	     * sub_firstlnum	The line number in the buffer where to look
5219 	     *			for a match.  Can be different from "lnum"
5220 	     *			when the pattern or substitute string contains
5221 	     *			line breaks.
5222 	     *
5223 	     * Special situations:
5224 	     * - When the substitute string contains a line break, the part up
5225 	     *   to the line break is inserted in the text, but the copy of
5226 	     *   the original line is kept.  "sub_firstlnum" is adjusted for
5227 	     *   the inserted lines.
5228 	     * - When the matched pattern contains a line break, the old line
5229 	     *   is taken from the line at the end of the pattern.  The lines
5230 	     *   in the match are deleted later, "sub_firstlnum" is adjusted
5231 	     *   accordingly.
5232 	     *
5233 	     * The new text is built up in new_start[].  It has some extra
5234 	     * room to avoid using alloc()/free() too often.  new_start_len is
5235 	     * the length of the allocated memory at new_start.
5236 	     *
5237 	     * Make a copy of the old line, so it won't be taken away when
5238 	     * updating the screen or handling a multi-line match.  The "old_"
5239 	     * pointers point into this copy.
5240 	     */
5241 	    sub_firstlnum = lnum;
5242 	    copycol = 0;
5243 	    matchcol = 0;
5244 
5245 	    /* At first match, remember current cursor position. */
5246 	    if (!got_match)
5247 	    {
5248 		setpcmark();
5249 		got_match = TRUE;
5250 	    }
5251 
5252 	    /*
5253 	     * Loop until nothing more to replace in this line.
5254 	     * 1. Handle match with empty string.
5255 	     * 2. If do_ask is set, ask for confirmation.
5256 	     * 3. substitute the string.
5257 	     * 4. if do_all is set, find next match
5258 	     * 5. break if there isn't another match in this line
5259 	     */
5260 	    for (;;)
5261 	    {
5262 		/* Advance "lnum" to the line where the match starts.  The
5263 		 * match does not start in the first line when there is a line
5264 		 * break before \zs. */
5265 		if (regmatch.startpos[0].lnum > 0)
5266 		{
5267 		    lnum += regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
5268 		    sub_firstlnum += regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
5269 		    nmatch -= regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
5270 		    VIM_CLEAR(sub_firstline);
5271 		}
5272 
5273 		if (sub_firstline == NULL)
5274 		{
5275 		    sub_firstline = vim_strsave(ml_get(sub_firstlnum));
5276 		    if (sub_firstline == NULL)
5277 		    {
5278 			vim_free(new_start);
5279 			goto outofmem;
5280 		    }
5281 		}
5282 
5283 		/* Save the line number of the last change for the final
5284 		 * cursor position (just like Vi). */
5285 		curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5286 		do_again = FALSE;
5287 
5288 		/*
5289 		 * 1. Match empty string does not count, except for first
5290 		 * match.  This reproduces the strange vi behaviour.
5291 		 * This also catches endless loops.
5292 		 */
5293 		if (matchcol == prev_matchcol
5294 			&& regmatch.endpos[0].lnum == 0
5295 			&& matchcol == regmatch.endpos[0].col)
5296 		{
5297 		    if (sub_firstline[matchcol] == NUL)
5298 			/* We already were at the end of the line.  Don't look
5299 			 * for a match in this line again. */
5300 			skip_match = TRUE;
5301 		    else
5302 		    {
5303 			 /* search for a match at next column */
5304 			if (has_mbyte)
5305 			    matchcol += mb_ptr2len(sub_firstline + matchcol);
5306 			else
5307 			    ++matchcol;
5308 		    }
5309 		    goto skip;
5310 		}
5311 
5312 		/* Normally we continue searching for a match just after the
5313 		 * previous match. */
5314 		matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
5315 		prev_matchcol = matchcol;
5316 
5317 		/*
5318 		 * 2. If do_count is set only increase the counter.
5319 		 *    If do_ask is set, ask for confirmation.
5320 		 */
5321 		if (subflags.do_count)
5322 		{
5323 		    /* For a multi-line match, put matchcol at the NUL at
5324 		     * the end of the line and set nmatch to one, so that
5325 		     * we continue looking for a match on the next line.
5326 		     * Avoids that ":s/\nB\@=//gc" get stuck. */
5327 		    if (nmatch > 1)
5328 		    {
5329 			matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline);
5330 			nmatch = 1;
5331 			skip_match = TRUE;
5332 		    }
5333 		    sub_nsubs++;
5334 		    did_sub = TRUE;
5335 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5336 		    /* Skip the substitution, unless an expression is used,
5337 		     * then it is evaluated in the sandbox. */
5338 		    if (!(sub[0] == '\\' && sub[1] == '='))
5339 #endif
5340 			goto skip;
5341 		}
5342 
5343 		if (subflags.do_ask)
5344 		{
5345 		    int typed = 0;
5346 
5347 		    /* change State to CONFIRM, so that the mouse works
5348 		     * properly */
5349 		    save_State = State;
5350 		    State = CONFIRM;
5351 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
5352 		    setmouse();		/* disable mouse in xterm */
5353 #endif
5354 		    curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.startpos[0].col;
5355 		    if (curwin->w_p_crb)
5356 			do_check_cursorbind();
5357 
5358 		    /* When 'cpoptions' contains "u" don't sync undo when
5359 		     * asking for confirmation. */
5360 		    if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_UNDO) != NULL)
5361 			++no_u_sync;
5362 
5363 		    /*
5364 		     * Loop until 'y', 'n', 'q', CTRL-E or CTRL-Y typed.
5365 		     */
5366 		    while (subflags.do_ask)
5367 		    {
5368 			if (exmode_active)
5369 			{
5370 			    char_u	*resp;
5371 			    colnr_T	sc, ec;
5372 
5373 			    print_line_no_prefix(lnum,
5374 					 subflags.do_number, subflags.do_list);
5375 
5376 			    getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &sc, NULL, NULL);
5377 			    curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col - 1;
5378 			    if (curwin->w_cursor.col < 0)
5379 				curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5380 			    getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &ec);
5381 			    if (subflags.do_number || curwin->w_p_nu)
5382 			    {
5383 				int numw = number_width(curwin) + 1;
5384 				sc += numw;
5385 				ec += numw;
5386 			    }
5387 			    msg_start();
5388 			    for (i = 0; i < (long)sc; ++i)
5389 				msg_putchar(' ');
5390 			    for ( ; i <= (long)ec; ++i)
5391 				msg_putchar('^');
5392 
5393 			    resp = getexmodeline('?', NULL, 0);
5394 			    if (resp != NULL)
5395 			    {
5396 				typed = *resp;
5397 				vim_free(resp);
5398 			    }
5399 			}
5400 			else
5401 			{
5402 			    char_u *orig_line = NULL;
5403 			    int    len_change = 0;
5404 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
5405 			    int save_p_fen = curwin->w_p_fen;
5406 
5407 			    curwin->w_p_fen = FALSE;
5408 #endif
5409 			    /* Invert the matched string.
5410 			     * Remove the inversion afterwards. */
5411 			    temp = RedrawingDisabled;
5412 			    RedrawingDisabled = 0;
5413 
5414 			    if (new_start != NULL)
5415 			    {
5416 				/* There already was a substitution, we would
5417 				 * like to show this to the user.  We cannot
5418 				 * really update the line, it would change
5419 				 * what matches.  Temporarily replace the line
5420 				 * and change it back afterwards. */
5421 				orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum));
5422 				if (orig_line != NULL)
5423 				{
5424 				    char_u *new_line = concat_str(new_start,
5425 						     sub_firstline + copycol);
5426 
5427 				    if (new_line == NULL)
5428 					VIM_CLEAR(orig_line);
5429 				    else
5430 				    {
5431 					/* Position the cursor relative to the
5432 					 * end of the line, the previous
5433 					 * substitute may have inserted or
5434 					 * deleted characters before the
5435 					 * cursor. */
5436 					len_change = (int)STRLEN(new_line)
5437 						     - (int)STRLEN(orig_line);
5438 					curwin->w_cursor.col += len_change;
5439 					ml_replace(lnum, new_line, FALSE);
5440 				    }
5441 				}
5442 			    }
5443 
5444 			    search_match_lines = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum
5445 						  - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
5446 			    search_match_endcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col
5447 								 + len_change;
5448 			    highlight_match = TRUE;
5449 
5450 			    update_topline();
5451 			    validate_cursor();
5452 			    update_screen(SOME_VALID);
5453 			    highlight_match = FALSE;
5454 			    redraw_later(SOME_VALID);
5455 
5456 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
5457 			    curwin->w_p_fen = save_p_fen;
5458 #endif
5459 			    if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
5460 				msg_didout = FALSE;	/* avoid a scroll-up */
5461 			    msg_starthere();
5462 			    i = msg_scroll;
5463 			    msg_scroll = 0;		/* truncate msg when
5464 							   needed */
5465 			    msg_no_more = TRUE;
5466 			    /* write message same highlighting as for
5467 			     * wait_return */
5468 			    smsg_attr(HL_ATTR(HLF_R),
5469 				_("replace with %s (y/n/a/q/l/^E/^Y)?"), sub);
5470 			    msg_no_more = FALSE;
5471 			    msg_scroll = i;
5472 			    showruler(TRUE);
5473 			    windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
5474 			    RedrawingDisabled = temp;
5475 
5476 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
5477 			    dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
5478 #endif
5479 			    ++no_mapping;	/* don't map this key */
5480 			    ++allow_keys;	/* allow special keys */
5481 			    typed = plain_vgetc();
5482 			    --allow_keys;
5483 			    --no_mapping;
5484 
5485 			    /* clear the question */
5486 			    msg_didout = FALSE;	/* don't scroll up */
5487 			    msg_col = 0;
5488 			    gotocmdline(TRUE);
5489 
5490 			    /* restore the line */
5491 			    if (orig_line != NULL)
5492 				ml_replace(lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
5493 			}
5494 
5495 			need_wait_return = FALSE; /* no hit-return prompt */
5496 			if (typed == 'q' || typed == ESC || typed == Ctrl_C
5497 #ifdef UNIX
5498 				|| typed == intr_char
5499 #endif
5500 				)
5501 			{
5502 			    got_quit = TRUE;
5503 			    break;
5504 			}
5505 			if (typed == 'n')
5506 			    break;
5507 			if (typed == 'y')
5508 			    break;
5509 			if (typed == 'l')
5510 			{
5511 			    /* last: replace and then stop */
5512 			    subflags.do_all = FALSE;
5513 			    line2 = lnum;
5514 			    break;
5515 			}
5516 			if (typed == 'a')
5517 			{
5518 			    subflags.do_ask = FALSE;
5519 			    break;
5520 			}
5521 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
5522 			if (typed == Ctrl_E)
5523 			    scrollup_clamp();
5524 			else if (typed == Ctrl_Y)
5525 			    scrolldown_clamp();
5526 #endif
5527 		    }
5528 		    State = save_State;
5529 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
5530 		    setmouse();
5531 #endif
5532 		    if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_UNDO) != NULL)
5533 			--no_u_sync;
5534 
5535 		    if (typed == 'n')
5536 		    {
5537 			/* For a multi-line match, put matchcol at the NUL at
5538 			 * the end of the line and set nmatch to one, so that
5539 			 * we continue looking for a match on the next line.
5540 			 * Avoids that ":%s/\nB\@=//gc" and ":%s/\n/,\r/gc"
5541 			 * get stuck when pressing 'n'. */
5542 			if (nmatch > 1)
5543 			{
5544 			    matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline);
5545 			    skip_match = TRUE;
5546 			}
5547 			goto skip;
5548 		    }
5549 		    if (got_quit)
5550 			goto skip;
5551 		}
5552 
5553 		/* Move the cursor to the start of the match, so that we can
5554 		 * use "\=col("."). */
5555 		curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.startpos[0].col;
5556 
5557 		/*
5558 		 * 3. substitute the string.
5559 		 */
5560 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5561 		if (subflags.do_count)
5562 		{
5563 		    /* prevent accidentally changing the buffer by a function */
5564 		    save_ma = curbuf->b_p_ma;
5565 		    curbuf->b_p_ma = FALSE;
5566 		    sandbox++;
5567 		}
5568 		/* Save flags for recursion.  They can change for e.g.
5569 		 * :s/^/\=execute("s#^##gn") */
5570 		subflags_save = subflags;
5571 #endif
5572 		/* get length of substitution part */
5573 		sublen = vim_regsub_multi(&regmatch,
5574 				    sub_firstlnum - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum,
5575 				    sub, sub_firstline, FALSE, p_magic, TRUE);
5576 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5577 		// If getting the substitute string caused an error, don't do
5578 		// the replacement.
5579 		if (aborting())
5580 		    goto skip;
5581 
5582 		// Don't keep flags set by a recursive call.
5583 		subflags = subflags_save;
5584 		if (subflags.do_count)
5585 		{
5586 		    curbuf->b_p_ma = save_ma;
5587 		    if (sandbox > 0)
5588 			sandbox--;
5589 		    goto skip;
5590 		}
5591 #endif
5592 
5593 		/* When the match included the "$" of the last line it may
5594 		 * go beyond the last line of the buffer. */
5595 		if (nmatch > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - sub_firstlnum + 1)
5596 		{
5597 		    nmatch = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - sub_firstlnum + 1;
5598 		    skip_match = TRUE;
5599 		}
5600 
5601 		/* Need room for:
5602 		 * - result so far in new_start (not for first sub in line)
5603 		 * - original text up to match
5604 		 * - length of substituted part
5605 		 * - original text after match
5606 		 * Adjust text properties here, since we have all information
5607 		 * needed.
5608 		 */
5609 		if (nmatch == 1)
5610 		{
5611 		    p1 = sub_firstline;
5612 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP
5613 		    if (curbuf->b_has_textprop)
5614 			adjust_prop_columns(lnum, regmatch.startpos[0].col,
5615 			      sublen - 1 - (regmatch.endpos[0].col
5616 						  - regmatch.startpos[0].col));
5617 #endif
5618 		}
5619 		else
5620 		{
5621 		    p1 = ml_get(sub_firstlnum + nmatch - 1);
5622 		    nmatch_tl += nmatch - 1;
5623 		}
5624 		copy_len = regmatch.startpos[0].col - copycol;
5625 		needed_len = copy_len + ((unsigned)STRLEN(p1)
5626 				       - regmatch.endpos[0].col) + sublen + 1;
5627 		if (new_start == NULL)
5628 		{
5629 		    /*
5630 		     * Get some space for a temporary buffer to do the
5631 		     * substitution into (and some extra space to avoid
5632 		     * too many calls to alloc()/free()).
5633 		     */
5634 		    new_start_len = needed_len + 50;
5635 		    if ((new_start = alloc_check(new_start_len)) == NULL)
5636 			goto outofmem;
5637 		    *new_start = NUL;
5638 		    new_end = new_start;
5639 		}
5640 		else
5641 		{
5642 		    /*
5643 		     * Check if the temporary buffer is long enough to do the
5644 		     * substitution into.  If not, make it larger (with a bit
5645 		     * extra to avoid too many calls to alloc()/free()).
5646 		     */
5647 		    len = (unsigned)STRLEN(new_start);
5648 		    needed_len += len;
5649 		    if (needed_len > (int)new_start_len)
5650 		    {
5651 			new_start_len = needed_len + 50;
5652 			if ((p1 = alloc_check(new_start_len)) == NULL)
5653 			{
5654 			    vim_free(new_start);
5655 			    goto outofmem;
5656 			}
5657 			mch_memmove(p1, new_start, (size_t)(len + 1));
5658 			vim_free(new_start);
5659 			new_start = p1;
5660 		    }
5661 		    new_end = new_start + len;
5662 		}
5663 
5664 		/*
5665 		 * copy the text up to the part that matched
5666 		 */
5667 		mch_memmove(new_end, sub_firstline + copycol, (size_t)copy_len);
5668 		new_end += copy_len;
5669 
5670 		(void)vim_regsub_multi(&regmatch,
5671 				    sub_firstlnum - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum,
5672 					   sub, new_end, TRUE, p_magic, TRUE);
5673 		sub_nsubs++;
5674 		did_sub = TRUE;
5675 
5676 		/* Move the cursor to the start of the line, to avoid that it
5677 		 * is beyond the end of the line after the substitution. */
5678 		curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5679 
5680 		/* For a multi-line match, make a copy of the last matched
5681 		 * line and continue in that one. */
5682 		if (nmatch > 1)
5683 		{
5684 		    sub_firstlnum += nmatch - 1;
5685 		    vim_free(sub_firstline);
5686 		    sub_firstline = vim_strsave(ml_get(sub_firstlnum));
5687 		    /* When going beyond the last line, stop substituting. */
5688 		    if (sub_firstlnum <= line2)
5689 			do_again = TRUE;
5690 		    else
5691 			subflags.do_all = FALSE;
5692 		}
5693 
5694 		/* Remember next character to be copied. */
5695 		copycol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
5696 
5697 		if (skip_match)
5698 		{
5699 		    /* Already hit end of the buffer, sub_firstlnum is one
5700 		     * less than what it ought to be. */
5701 		    vim_free(sub_firstline);
5702 		    sub_firstline = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
5703 		    copycol = 0;
5704 		}
5705 
5706 		/*
5707 		 * Now the trick is to replace CTRL-M chars with a real line
5708 		 * break.  This would make it impossible to insert a CTRL-M in
5709 		 * the text.  The line break can be avoided by preceding the
5710 		 * CTRL-M with a backslash.  To be able to insert a backslash,
5711 		 * they must be doubled in the string and are halved here.
5712 		 * That is Vi compatible.
5713 		 */
5714 		for (p1 = new_end; *p1; ++p1)
5715 		{
5716 		    if (p1[0] == '\\' && p1[1] != NUL)  /* remove backslash */
5717 			STRMOVE(p1, p1 + 1);
5718 		    else if (*p1 == CAR)
5719 		    {
5720 			if (u_inssub(lnum) == OK)   // prepare for undo
5721 			{
5722 			    colnr_T	plen = (colnr_T)(p1 - new_start + 1);
5723 
5724 			    *p1 = NUL;		    // truncate up to the CR
5725 			    ml_append(lnum - 1, new_start, plen, FALSE);
5726 			    mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
5727 			    if (subflags.do_ask)
5728 				appended_lines(lnum - 1, 1L);
5729 			    else
5730 			    {
5731 				if (first_line == 0)
5732 				    first_line = lnum;
5733 				last_line = lnum + 1;
5734 			    }
5735 #ifdef FEAT_TEXT_PROP
5736 			    adjust_props_for_split(lnum, plen, 1);
5737 #endif
5738 			    // all line numbers increase
5739 			    ++sub_firstlnum;
5740 			    ++lnum;
5741 			    ++line2;
5742 			    // move the cursor to the new line, like Vi
5743 			    ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5744 			    // copy the rest
5745 			    STRMOVE(new_start, p1 + 1);
5746 			    p1 = new_start - 1;
5747 			}
5748 		    }
5749 		    else if (has_mbyte)
5750 			p1 += (*mb_ptr2len)(p1) - 1;
5751 		}
5752 
5753 		/*
5754 		 * 4. If do_all is set, find next match.
5755 		 * Prevent endless loop with patterns that match empty
5756 		 * strings, e.g. :s/$/pat/g or :s/[a-z]* /(&)/g.
5757 		 * But ":s/\n/#/" is OK.
5758 		 */
5759 skip:
5760 		/* We already know that we did the last subst when we are at
5761 		 * the end of the line, except that a pattern like
5762 		 * "bar\|\nfoo" may match at the NUL.  "lnum" can be below
5763 		 * "line2" when there is a \zs in the pattern after a line
5764 		 * break. */
5765 		lastone = (skip_match
5766 			|| got_int
5767 			|| got_quit
5768 			|| lnum > line2
5769 			|| !(subflags.do_all || do_again)
5770 			|| (sub_firstline[matchcol] == NUL && nmatch <= 1
5771 					 && !re_multiline(regmatch.regprog)));
5772 		nmatch = -1;
5773 
5774 		/*
5775 		 * Replace the line in the buffer when needed.  This is
5776 		 * skipped when there are more matches.
5777 		 * The check for nmatch_tl is needed for when multi-line
5778 		 * matching must replace the lines before trying to do another
5779 		 * match, otherwise "\@<=" won't work.
5780 		 * When the match starts below where we start searching also
5781 		 * need to replace the line first (using \zs after \n).
5782 		 */
5783 		if (lastone
5784 			|| nmatch_tl > 0
5785 			|| (nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin,
5786 							curbuf, sub_firstlnum,
5787 						    matchcol, NULL, NULL)) == 0
5788 			|| regmatch.startpos[0].lnum > 0)
5789 		{
5790 		    if (new_start != NULL)
5791 		    {
5792 			/*
5793 			 * Copy the rest of the line, that didn't match.
5794 			 * "matchcol" has to be adjusted, we use the end of
5795 			 * the line as reference, because the substitute may
5796 			 * have changed the number of characters.  Same for
5797 			 * "prev_matchcol".
5798 			 */
5799 			STRCAT(new_start, sub_firstline + copycol);
5800 			matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) - matchcol;
5801 			prev_matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline)
5802 							      - prev_matchcol;
5803 
5804 			if (u_savesub(lnum) != OK)
5805 			    break;
5806 			ml_replace(lnum, new_start, TRUE);
5807 
5808 			if (nmatch_tl > 0)
5809 			{
5810 			    /*
5811 			     * Matched lines have now been substituted and are
5812 			     * useless, delete them.  The part after the match
5813 			     * has been appended to new_start, we don't need
5814 			     * it in the buffer.
5815 			     */
5816 			    ++lnum;
5817 			    if (u_savedel(lnum, nmatch_tl) != OK)
5818 				break;
5819 			    for (i = 0; i < nmatch_tl; ++i)
5820 				ml_delete(lnum, (int)FALSE);
5821 			    mark_adjust(lnum, lnum + nmatch_tl - 1,
5822 						   (long)MAXLNUM, -nmatch_tl);
5823 			    if (subflags.do_ask)
5824 				deleted_lines(lnum, nmatch_tl);
5825 			    --lnum;
5826 			    line2 -= nmatch_tl; /* nr of lines decreases */
5827 			    nmatch_tl = 0;
5828 			}
5829 
5830 			/* When asking, undo is saved each time, must also set
5831 			 * changed flag each time. */
5832 			if (subflags.do_ask)
5833 			    changed_bytes(lnum, 0);
5834 			else
5835 			{
5836 			    if (first_line == 0)
5837 				first_line = lnum;
5838 			    last_line = lnum + 1;
5839 			}
5840 
5841 			sub_firstlnum = lnum;
5842 			vim_free(sub_firstline);    /* free the temp buffer */
5843 			sub_firstline = new_start;
5844 			new_start = NULL;
5845 			matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) - matchcol;
5846 			prev_matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline)
5847 							      - prev_matchcol;
5848 			copycol = 0;
5849 		    }
5850 		    if (nmatch == -1 && !lastone)
5851 			nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf,
5852 					  sub_firstlnum, matchcol, NULL, NULL);
5853 
5854 		    /*
5855 		     * 5. break if there isn't another match in this line
5856 		     */
5857 		    if (nmatch <= 0)
5858 		    {
5859 			/* If the match found didn't start where we were
5860 			 * searching, do the next search in the line where we
5861 			 * found the match. */
5862 			if (nmatch == -1)
5863 			    lnum -= regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
5864 			break;
5865 		    }
5866 		}
5867 
5868 		line_breakcheck();
5869 	    }
5870 
5871 	    if (did_sub)
5872 		++sub_nlines;
5873 	    vim_free(new_start);	/* for when substitute was cancelled */
5874 	    VIM_CLEAR(sub_firstline);	/* free the copy of the original line */
5875 	}
5876 
5877 	line_breakcheck();
5878     }
5879 
5880     if (first_line != 0)
5881     {
5882 	/* Need to subtract the number of added lines from "last_line" to get
5883 	 * the line number before the change (same as adding the number of
5884 	 * deleted lines). */
5885 	i = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_line_count;
5886 	changed_lines(first_line, 0, last_line - i, i);
5887     }
5888 
5889 outofmem:
5890     vim_free(sub_firstline); /* may have to free allocated copy of the line */
5891 
5892     /* ":s/pat//n" doesn't move the cursor */
5893     if (subflags.do_count)
5894 	curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
5895 
5896     if (sub_nsubs > start_nsubs)
5897     {
5898 	/* Set the '[ and '] marks. */
5899 	curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = eap->line1;
5900 	curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2;
5901 	curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0;
5902 
5903 	if (!global_busy)
5904 	{
5905 	    /* when interactive leave cursor on the match */
5906 	    if (!subflags.do_ask)
5907 	    {
5908 		if (endcolumn)
5909 		    coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
5910 		else
5911 		    beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);
5912 	    }
5913 	    if (!do_sub_msg(subflags.do_count) && subflags.do_ask)
5914 		msg("");
5915 	}
5916 	else
5917 	    global_need_beginline = TRUE;
5918 	if (subflags.do_print)
5919 	    print_line(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
5920 					 subflags.do_number, subflags.do_list);
5921     }
5922     else if (!global_busy)
5923     {
5924 	if (got_int)		/* interrupted */
5925 	    emsg(_(e_interr));
5926 	else if (got_match)	/* did find something but nothing substituted */
5927 	    msg("");
5928 	else if (subflags.do_error)	/* nothing found */
5929 	    semsg(_(e_patnotf2), get_search_pat());
5930     }
5931 
5932 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
5933     if (subflags.do_ask && hasAnyFolding(curwin))
5934 	/* Cursor position may require updating */
5935 	changed_window_setting();
5936 #endif
5937 
5938     vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog);
5939 
5940     /* Restore the flag values, they can be used for ":&&". */
5941     subflags.do_all = save_do_all;
5942     subflags.do_ask = save_do_ask;
5943 }
5944 
5945 /*
5946  * Give message for number of substitutions.
5947  * Can also be used after a ":global" command.
5948  * Return TRUE if a message was given.
5949  */
5950     int
5951 do_sub_msg(
5952     int	    count_only)		/* used 'n' flag for ":s" */
5953 {
5954     /*
5955      * Only report substitutions when:
5956      * - more than 'report' substitutions
5957      * - command was typed by user, or number of changed lines > 'report'
5958      * - giving messages is not disabled by 'lazyredraw'
5959      */
5960     if (((sub_nsubs > p_report && (KeyTyped || sub_nlines > 1 || p_report < 1))
5961 		|| count_only)
5962 	    && messaging())
5963     {
5964 	char	*msg_single;
5965 	char	*msg_plural;
5966 
5967 	if (got_int)
5968 	    STRCPY(msg_buf, _("(Interrupted) "));
5969 	else
5970 	    *msg_buf = NUL;
5971 
5972 	msg_single = count_only
5973 		    ? NGETTEXT("%ld match on %ld line",
5974 					  "%ld matches on %ld line", sub_nsubs)
5975 		    : NGETTEXT("%ld substitution on %ld line",
5976 				   "%ld substitutions on %ld line", sub_nsubs);
5977 	msg_plural = count_only
5978 		    ? NGETTEXT("%ld match on %ld lines",
5979 					 "%ld matches on %ld lines", sub_nsubs)
5980 		    : NGETTEXT("%ld substitution on %ld lines",
5981 				  "%ld substitutions on %ld lines", sub_nsubs);
5982 
5983 	vim_snprintf_add(msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf),
5984 				 NGETTEXT(msg_single, msg_plural, sub_nlines),
5985 				 sub_nsubs, (long)sub_nlines);
5986 
5987 	if (msg(msg_buf))
5988 	    /* save message to display it after redraw */
5989 	    set_keep_msg((char_u *)msg_buf, 0);
5990 	return TRUE;
5991     }
5992     if (got_int)
5993     {
5994 	emsg(_(e_interr));
5995 	return TRUE;
5996     }
5997     return FALSE;
5998 }
5999 
6000     static void
6001 global_exe_one(char_u *cmd, linenr_T lnum)
6002 {
6003     curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
6004     curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6005     if (*cmd == NUL || *cmd == '\n')
6006 	do_cmdline((char_u *)"p", NULL, NULL, DOCMD_NOWAIT);
6007     else
6008 	do_cmdline(cmd, NULL, NULL, DOCMD_NOWAIT);
6009 }
6010 
6011 /*
6012  * Execute a global command of the form:
6013  *
6014  * g/pattern/X : execute X on all lines where pattern matches
6015  * v/pattern/X : execute X on all lines where pattern does not match
6016  *
6017  * where 'X' is an EX command
6018  *
6019  * The command character (as well as the trailing slash) is optional, and
6020  * is assumed to be 'p' if missing.
6021  *
6022  * This is implemented in two passes: first we scan the file for the pattern and
6023  * set a mark for each line that (not) matches. Secondly we execute the command
6024  * for each line that has a mark. This is required because after deleting
6025  * lines we do not know where to search for the next match.
6026  */
6027     void
6028 ex_global(exarg_T *eap)
6029 {
6030     linenr_T	lnum;		/* line number according to old situation */
6031     int		ndone = 0;
6032     int		type;		/* first char of cmd: 'v' or 'g' */
6033     char_u	*cmd;		/* command argument */
6034 
6035     char_u	delim;		/* delimiter, normally '/' */
6036     char_u	*pat;
6037     regmmatch_T	regmatch;
6038     int		match;
6039     int		which_pat;
6040 
6041     /* When nesting the command works on one line.  This allows for
6042      * ":g/found/v/notfound/command". */
6043     if (global_busy && (eap->line1 != 1
6044 				  || eap->line2 != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count))
6045     {
6046 	/* will increment global_busy to break out of the loop */
6047 	emsg(_("E147: Cannot do :global recursive with a range"));
6048 	return;
6049     }
6050 
6051     if (eap->forceit)		    /* ":global!" is like ":vglobal" */
6052 	type = 'v';
6053     else
6054 	type = *eap->cmd;
6055     cmd = eap->arg;
6056     which_pat = RE_LAST;	    /* default: use last used regexp */
6057 
6058     /*
6059      * undocumented vi feature:
6060      *	"\/" and "\?": use previous search pattern.
6061      *		 "\&": use previous substitute pattern.
6062      */
6063     if (*cmd == '\\')
6064     {
6065 	++cmd;
6066 	if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?&", *cmd) == NULL)
6067 	{
6068 	    emsg(_(e_backslash));
6069 	    return;
6070 	}
6071 	if (*cmd == '&')
6072 	    which_pat = RE_SUBST;	/* use previous substitute pattern */
6073 	else
6074 	    which_pat = RE_SEARCH;	/* use previous search pattern */
6075 	++cmd;
6076 	pat = (char_u *)"";
6077     }
6078     else if (*cmd == NUL)
6079     {
6080 	emsg(_("E148: Regular expression missing from global"));
6081 	return;
6082     }
6083     else
6084     {
6085 	delim = *cmd;		/* get the delimiter */
6086 	if (delim)
6087 	    ++cmd;		/* skip delimiter if there is one */
6088 	pat = cmd;		/* remember start of pattern */
6089 	cmd = skip_regexp(cmd, delim, p_magic, &eap->arg);
6090 	if (cmd[0] == delim)		    /* end delimiter found */
6091 	    *cmd++ = NUL;		    /* replace it with a NUL */
6092     }
6093 
6094     if (search_regcomp(pat, RE_BOTH, which_pat, SEARCH_HIS, &regmatch) == FAIL)
6095     {
6096 	emsg(_(e_invcmd));
6097 	return;
6098     }
6099 
6100     if (global_busy)
6101     {
6102 	lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6103 	match = vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
6104 						       (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL);
6105 	if ((type == 'g' && match) || (type == 'v' && !match))
6106 	    global_exe_one(cmd, lnum);
6107     }
6108     else
6109     {
6110 	/*
6111 	 * pass 1: set marks for each (not) matching line
6112 	 */
6113 	for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2 && !got_int; ++lnum)
6114 	{
6115 	    /* a match on this line? */
6116 	    match = vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
6117 						       (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL);
6118 	    if ((type == 'g' && match) || (type == 'v' && !match))
6119 	    {
6120 		ml_setmarked(lnum);
6121 		ndone++;
6122 	    }
6123 	    line_breakcheck();
6124 	}
6125 
6126 	/*
6127 	 * pass 2: execute the command for each line that has been marked
6128 	 */
6129 	if (got_int)
6130 	    msg(_(e_interr));
6131 	else if (ndone == 0)
6132 	{
6133 	    if (type == 'v')
6134 		smsg(_("Pattern found in every line: %s"), pat);
6135 	    else
6136 		smsg(_("Pattern not found: %s"), pat);
6137 	}
6138 	else
6139 	{
6140 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
6141 	    start_global_changes();
6142 #endif
6143 	    global_exe(cmd);
6144 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
6145 	    end_global_changes();
6146 #endif
6147 	}
6148 
6149 	ml_clearmarked();	   /* clear rest of the marks */
6150     }
6151 
6152     vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog);
6153 }
6154 
6155 /*
6156  * Execute "cmd" on lines marked with ml_setmarked().
6157  */
6158     void
6159 global_exe(char_u *cmd)
6160 {
6161     linenr_T old_lcount;	/* b_ml.ml_line_count before the command */
6162     buf_T    *old_buf = curbuf;	/* remember what buffer we started in */
6163     linenr_T lnum;		/* line number according to old situation */
6164 
6165     /*
6166      * Set current position only once for a global command.
6167      * If global_busy is set, setpcmark() will not do anything.
6168      * If there is an error, global_busy will be incremented.
6169      */
6170     setpcmark();
6171 
6172     /* When the command writes a message, don't overwrite the command. */
6173     msg_didout = TRUE;
6174 
6175     sub_nsubs = 0;
6176     sub_nlines = 0;
6177     global_need_beginline = FALSE;
6178     global_busy = 1;
6179     old_lcount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
6180     while (!got_int && (lnum = ml_firstmarked()) != 0 && global_busy == 1)
6181     {
6182 	global_exe_one(cmd, lnum);
6183 	ui_breakcheck();
6184     }
6185 
6186     global_busy = 0;
6187     if (global_need_beginline)
6188 	beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX);
6189     else
6190 	check_cursor();	/* cursor may be beyond the end of the line */
6191 
6192     /* the cursor may not have moved in the text but a change in a previous
6193      * line may move it on the screen */
6194     changed_line_abv_curs();
6195 
6196     /* If it looks like no message was written, allow overwriting the
6197      * command with the report for number of changes. */
6198     if (msg_col == 0 && msg_scrolled == 0)
6199 	msg_didout = FALSE;
6200 
6201     /* If substitutes done, report number of substitutes, otherwise report
6202      * number of extra or deleted lines.
6203      * Don't report extra or deleted lines in the edge case where the buffer
6204      * we are in after execution is different from the buffer we started in. */
6205     if (!do_sub_msg(FALSE) && curbuf == old_buf)
6206 	msgmore(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_lcount);
6207 }
6208 
6209 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO
6210     int
6211 read_viminfo_sub_string(vir_T *virp, int force)
6212 {
6213     if (force)
6214 	vim_free(old_sub);
6215     if (force || old_sub == NULL)
6216 	old_sub = viminfo_readstring(virp, 1, TRUE);
6217     return viminfo_readline(virp);
6218 }
6219 
6220     void
6221 write_viminfo_sub_string(FILE *fp)
6222 {
6223     if (get_viminfo_parameter('/') != 0 && old_sub != NULL)
6224     {
6225 	fputs(_("\n# Last Substitute String:\n$"), fp);
6226 	viminfo_writestring(fp, old_sub);
6227     }
6228 }
6229 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */
6230 
6231 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
6232     void
6233 free_old_sub(void)
6234 {
6235     vim_free(old_sub);
6236 }
6237 #endif
6238 
6239 #if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) || defined(PROTO)
6240 /*
6241  * Set up for a tagpreview.
6242  * Return TRUE when it was created.
6243  */
6244     int
6245 prepare_tagpreview(
6246     int		undo_sync)	/* sync undo when leaving the window */
6247 {
6248     win_T	*wp;
6249 
6250 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
6251     need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
6252 # endif
6253 
6254     /*
6255      * If there is already a preview window open, use that one.
6256      */
6257     if (!curwin->w_p_pvw)
6258     {
6259 	FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
6260 	    if (wp->w_p_pvw)
6261 		break;
6262 	if (wp != NULL)
6263 	    win_enter(wp, undo_sync);
6264 	else
6265 	{
6266 	    /*
6267 	     * There is no preview window open yet.  Create one.
6268 	     */
6269 	    if (win_split(g_do_tagpreview > 0 ? g_do_tagpreview : 0, 0)
6270 								      == FAIL)
6271 		return FALSE;
6272 	    curwin->w_p_pvw = TRUE;
6273 	    curwin->w_p_wfh = TRUE;
6274 	    RESET_BINDING(curwin);	    /* don't take over 'scrollbind'
6275 					       and 'cursorbind' */
6276 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
6277 	    curwin->w_p_diff = FALSE;	    /* no 'diff' */
6278 # endif
6279 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6280 	    curwin->w_p_fdc = 0;	    /* no 'foldcolumn' */
6281 # endif
6282 	    return TRUE;
6283 	}
6284     }
6285     return FALSE;
6286 }
6287 
6288 #endif
6289 
6290 
6291 /*
6292  * ":help": open a read-only window on a help file
6293  */
6294     void
6295 ex_help(exarg_T *eap)
6296 {
6297     char_u	*arg;
6298     char_u	*tag;
6299     FILE	*helpfd;	/* file descriptor of help file */
6300     int		n;
6301     int		i;
6302     win_T	*wp;
6303     int		num_matches;
6304     char_u	**matches;
6305     char_u	*p;
6306     int		empty_fnum = 0;
6307     int		alt_fnum = 0;
6308     buf_T	*buf;
6309 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6310     int		len;
6311     char_u	*lang;
6312 #endif
6313 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6314     int		old_KeyTyped = KeyTyped;
6315 #endif
6316 
6317     if (eap != NULL)
6318     {
6319 	/*
6320 	 * A ":help" command ends at the first LF, or at a '|' that is
6321 	 * followed by some text.  Set nextcmd to the following command.
6322 	 */
6323 	for (arg = eap->arg; *arg; ++arg)
6324 	{
6325 	    if (*arg == '\n' || *arg == '\r'
6326 		    || (*arg == '|' && arg[1] != NUL && arg[1] != '|'))
6327 	    {
6328 		*arg++ = NUL;
6329 		eap->nextcmd = arg;
6330 		break;
6331 	    }
6332 	}
6333 	arg = eap->arg;
6334 
6335 	if (eap->forceit && *arg == NUL && !curbuf->b_help)
6336 	{
6337 	    emsg(_("E478: Don't panic!"));
6338 	    return;
6339 	}
6340 
6341 	if (eap->skip)	    /* not executing commands */
6342 	    return;
6343     }
6344     else
6345 	arg = (char_u *)"";
6346 
6347     /* remove trailing blanks */
6348     p = arg + STRLEN(arg) - 1;
6349     while (p > arg && VIM_ISWHITE(*p) && p[-1] != '\\')
6350 	*p-- = NUL;
6351 
6352 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6353     /* Check for a specified language */
6354     lang = check_help_lang(arg);
6355 #endif
6356 
6357     /* When no argument given go to the index. */
6358     if (*arg == NUL)
6359 	arg = (char_u *)"help.txt";
6360 
6361     /*
6362      * Check if there is a match for the argument.
6363      */
6364     n = find_help_tags(arg, &num_matches, &matches,
6365 						 eap != NULL && eap->forceit);
6366 
6367     i = 0;
6368 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6369     if (n != FAIL && lang != NULL)
6370 	/* Find first item with the requested language. */
6371 	for (i = 0; i < num_matches; ++i)
6372 	{
6373 	    len = (int)STRLEN(matches[i]);
6374 	    if (len > 3 && matches[i][len - 3] == '@'
6375 				  && STRICMP(matches[i] + len - 2, lang) == 0)
6376 		break;
6377 	}
6378 #endif
6379     if (i >= num_matches || n == FAIL)
6380     {
6381 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6382 	if (lang != NULL)
6383 	    semsg(_("E661: Sorry, no '%s' help for %s"), lang, arg);
6384 	else
6385 #endif
6386 	    semsg(_("E149: Sorry, no help for %s"), arg);
6387 	if (n != FAIL)
6388 	    FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
6389 	return;
6390     }
6391 
6392     /* The first match (in the requested language) is the best match. */
6393     tag = vim_strsave(matches[i]);
6394     FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
6395 
6396 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6397     need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
6398 #endif
6399 
6400     /*
6401      * Re-use an existing help window or open a new one.
6402      * Always open a new one for ":tab help".
6403      */
6404     if (!bt_help(curwin->w_buffer) || cmdmod.tab != 0)
6405     {
6406 	if (cmdmod.tab != 0)
6407 	    wp = NULL;
6408 	else
6409 	    FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
6410 		if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer))
6411 		    break;
6412 	if (wp != NULL && wp->w_buffer->b_nwindows > 0)
6413 	    win_enter(wp, TRUE);
6414 	else
6415 	{
6416 	    /*
6417 	     * There is no help window yet.
6418 	     * Try to open the file specified by the "helpfile" option.
6419 	     */
6420 	    if ((helpfd = mch_fopen((char *)p_hf, READBIN)) == NULL)
6421 	    {
6422 		smsg(_("Sorry, help file \"%s\" not found"), p_hf);
6423 		goto erret;
6424 	    }
6425 	    fclose(helpfd);
6426 
6427 	    /* Split off help window; put it at far top if no position
6428 	     * specified, the current window is vertically split and
6429 	     * narrow. */
6430 	    n = WSP_HELP;
6431 	    if (cmdmod.split == 0 && curwin->w_width != Columns
6432 						  && curwin->w_width < 80)
6433 		n |= WSP_TOP;
6434 	    if (win_split(0, n) == FAIL)
6435 		goto erret;
6436 
6437 	    if (curwin->w_height < p_hh)
6438 		win_setheight((int)p_hh);
6439 
6440 	    /*
6441 	     * Open help file (do_ecmd() will set b_help flag, readfile() will
6442 	     * set b_p_ro flag).
6443 	     * Set the alternate file to the previously edited file.
6444 	     */
6445 	    alt_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum;
6446 	    (void)do_ecmd(0, NULL, NULL, NULL, ECMD_LASTL,
6447 			  ECMD_HIDE + ECMD_SET_HELP,
6448 			  NULL);  /* buffer is still open, don't store info */
6449 	    if (!cmdmod.keepalt)
6450 		curwin->w_alt_fnum = alt_fnum;
6451 	    empty_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum;
6452 	}
6453     }
6454 
6455     if (!p_im)
6456 	restart_edit = 0;	    /* don't want insert mode in help file */
6457 
6458 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6459     /* Restore KeyTyped, setting 'filetype=help' may reset it.
6460      * It is needed for do_tag top open folds under the cursor. */
6461     KeyTyped = old_KeyTyped;
6462 #endif
6463 
6464     if (tag != NULL)
6465 	do_tag(tag, DT_HELP, 1, FALSE, TRUE);
6466 
6467     /* Delete the empty buffer if we're not using it.  Careful: autocommands
6468      * may have jumped to another window, check that the buffer is not in a
6469      * window. */
6470     if (empty_fnum != 0 && curbuf->b_fnum != empty_fnum)
6471     {
6472 	buf = buflist_findnr(empty_fnum);
6473 	if (buf != NULL && buf->b_nwindows == 0)
6474 	    wipe_buffer(buf, TRUE);
6475     }
6476 
6477     /* keep the previous alternate file */
6478     if (alt_fnum != 0 && curwin->w_alt_fnum == empty_fnum && !cmdmod.keepalt)
6479 	curwin->w_alt_fnum = alt_fnum;
6480 
6481 erret:
6482     vim_free(tag);
6483 }
6484 
6485 /*
6486  * ":helpclose": Close one help window
6487  */
6488     void
6489 ex_helpclose(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
6490 {
6491     win_T *win;
6492 
6493     FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(win)
6494     {
6495 	if (bt_help(win->w_buffer))
6496 	{
6497 	    win_close(win, FALSE);
6498 	    return;
6499 	}
6500     }
6501 }
6502 
6503 #if defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG) || defined(PROTO)
6504 /*
6505  * In an argument search for a language specifiers in the form "@xx".
6506  * Changes the "@" to NUL if found, and returns a pointer to "xx".
6507  * Returns NULL if not found.
6508  */
6509     char_u *
6510 check_help_lang(char_u *arg)
6511 {
6512     int len = (int)STRLEN(arg);
6513 
6514     if (len >= 3 && arg[len - 3] == '@' && ASCII_ISALPHA(arg[len - 2])
6515 					       && ASCII_ISALPHA(arg[len - 1]))
6516     {
6517 	arg[len - 3] = NUL;		/* remove the '@' */
6518 	return arg + len - 2;
6519     }
6520     return NULL;
6521 }
6522 #endif
6523 
6524 /*
6525  * Return a heuristic indicating how well the given string matches.  The
6526  * smaller the number, the better the match.  This is the order of priorities,
6527  * from best match to worst match:
6528  *	- Match with least alpha-numeric characters is better.
6529  *	- Match with least total characters is better.
6530  *	- Match towards the start is better.
6531  *	- Match starting with "+" is worse (feature instead of command)
6532  * Assumption is made that the matched_string passed has already been found to
6533  * match some string for which help is requested.  webb.
6534  */
6535     int
6536 help_heuristic(
6537     char_u	*matched_string,
6538     int		offset,			/* offset for match */
6539     int		wrong_case)		/* no matching case */
6540 {
6541     int		num_letters;
6542     char_u	*p;
6543 
6544     num_letters = 0;
6545     for (p = matched_string; *p; p++)
6546 	if (ASCII_ISALNUM(*p))
6547 	    num_letters++;
6548 
6549     /*
6550      * Multiply the number of letters by 100 to give it a much bigger
6551      * weighting than the number of characters.
6552      * If there only is a match while ignoring case, add 5000.
6553      * If the match starts in the middle of a word, add 10000 to put it
6554      * somewhere in the last half.
6555      * If the match is more than 2 chars from the start, multiply by 200 to
6556      * put it after matches at the start.
6557      */
6558     if (ASCII_ISALNUM(matched_string[offset]) && offset > 0
6559 				 && ASCII_ISALNUM(matched_string[offset - 1]))
6560 	offset += 10000;
6561     else if (offset > 2)
6562 	offset *= 200;
6563     if (wrong_case)
6564 	offset += 5000;
6565     /* Features are less interesting than the subjects themselves, but "+"
6566      * alone is not a feature. */
6567     if (matched_string[0] == '+' && matched_string[1] != NUL)
6568 	offset += 100;
6569     return (int)(100 * num_letters + STRLEN(matched_string) + offset);
6570 }
6571 
6572 /*
6573  * Compare functions for qsort() below, that checks the help heuristics number
6574  * that has been put after the tagname by find_tags().
6575  */
6576     static int
6577 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
6578 _RTLENTRYF
6579 #endif
6580 help_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2)
6581 {
6582     char    *p1;
6583     char    *p2;
6584 
6585     p1 = *(char **)s1 + strlen(*(char **)s1) + 1;
6586     p2 = *(char **)s2 + strlen(*(char **)s2) + 1;
6587     return strcmp(p1, p2);
6588 }
6589 
6590 /*
6591  * Find all help tags matching "arg", sort them and return in matches[], with
6592  * the number of matches in num_matches.
6593  * The matches will be sorted with a "best" match algorithm.
6594  * When "keep_lang" is TRUE try keeping the language of the current buffer.
6595  */
6596     int
6597 find_help_tags(
6598     char_u	*arg,
6599     int		*num_matches,
6600     char_u	***matches,
6601     int		keep_lang)
6602 {
6603     char_u	*s, *d;
6604     int		i;
6605     static char *(mtable[]) = {"*", "g*", "[*", "]*", ":*",
6606 			       "/*", "/\\*", "\"*", "**",
6607 			       "cpo-*", "/\\(\\)", "/\\%(\\)",
6608 			       "?", ":?", "?<CR>", "g?", "g?g?", "g??",
6609 			       "-?", "q?", "v_g?",
6610 			       "/\\?", "/\\z(\\)", "\\=", ":s\\=",
6611 			       "[count]", "[quotex]",
6612 			       "[range]", ":[range]",
6613 			       "[pattern]", "\\|", "\\%$",
6614 			       "s/\\~", "s/\\U", "s/\\L",
6615 			       "s/\\1", "s/\\2", "s/\\3", "s/\\9"};
6616     static char *(rtable[]) = {"star", "gstar", "[star", "]star", ":star",
6617 			       "/star", "/\\\\star", "quotestar", "starstar",
6618 			       "cpo-star", "/\\\\(\\\\)", "/\\\\%(\\\\)",
6619 			       "?", ":?", "?<CR>", "g?", "g?g?", "g??",
6620 			       "-?", "q?", "v_g?",
6621 			       "/\\\\?", "/\\\\z(\\\\)", "\\\\=", ":s\\\\=",
6622 			       "\\[count]", "\\[quotex]",
6623 			       "\\[range]", ":\\[range]",
6624 			       "\\[pattern]", "\\\\bar", "/\\\\%\\$",
6625 			       "s/\\\\\\~", "s/\\\\U", "s/\\\\L",
6626 			       "s/\\\\1", "s/\\\\2", "s/\\\\3", "s/\\\\9"};
6627     static char *(expr_table[]) = {"!=?", "!~?", "<=?", "<?", "==?", "=~?",
6628 				">=?", ">?", "is?", "isnot?"};
6629     int flags;
6630 
6631     d = IObuff;		    /* assume IObuff is long enough! */
6632 
6633     if (STRNICMP(arg, "expr-", 5) == 0)
6634     {
6635 	// When the string starting with "expr-" and containing '?' and matches
6636 	// the table, it is taken literally.  Otherwise '?' is recognized as a
6637 	// wildcard.
6638 	for (i = (int)(sizeof(expr_table) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
6639 	    if (STRCMP(arg + 5, expr_table[i]) == 0)
6640 	    {
6641 		STRCPY(d, arg);
6642 		break;
6643 	    }
6644     }
6645     else
6646     {
6647 	// Recognize a few exceptions to the rule.  Some strings that contain
6648 	// '*' with "star".  Otherwise '*' is recognized as a wildcard.
6649 	for (i = (int)(sizeof(mtable) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
6650 	    if (STRCMP(arg, mtable[i]) == 0)
6651 	    {
6652 		STRCPY(d, rtable[i]);
6653 		break;
6654 	    }
6655     }
6656 
6657     if (i < 0)	/* no match in table */
6658     {
6659 	/* Replace "\S" with "/\\S", etc.  Otherwise every tag is matched.
6660 	 * Also replace "\%^" and "\%(", they match every tag too.
6661 	 * Also "\zs", "\z1", etc.
6662 	 * Also "\@<", "\@=", "\@<=", etc.
6663 	 * And also "\_$" and "\_^". */
6664 	if (arg[0] == '\\'
6665 		&& ((arg[1] != NUL && arg[2] == NUL)
6666 		    || (vim_strchr((char_u *)"%_z@", arg[1]) != NULL
6667 							   && arg[2] != NUL)))
6668 	{
6669 	    STRCPY(d, "/\\\\");
6670 	    STRCPY(d + 3, arg + 1);
6671 	    /* Check for "/\\_$", should be "/\\_\$" */
6672 	    if (d[3] == '_' && d[4] == '$')
6673 		STRCPY(d + 4, "\\$");
6674 	}
6675 	else
6676 	{
6677 	  /* Replace:
6678 	   * "[:...:]" with "\[:...:]"
6679 	   * "[++...]" with "\[++...]"
6680 	   * "\{" with "\\{"		   -- matching "} \}"
6681 	   */
6682 	    if ((arg[0] == '[' && (arg[1] == ':'
6683 			 || (arg[1] == '+' && arg[2] == '+')))
6684 		    || (arg[0] == '\\' && arg[1] == '{'))
6685 	      *d++ = '\\';
6686 
6687 	  /*
6688 	   * If tag starts with "('", skip the "(". Fixes CTRL-] on ('option'.
6689 	   */
6690 	  if (*arg == '(' && arg[1] == '\'')
6691 	      arg++;
6692 	  for (s = arg; *s; ++s)
6693 	  {
6694 	    /*
6695 	     * Replace "|" with "bar" and '"' with "quote" to match the name of
6696 	     * the tags for these commands.
6697 	     * Replace "*" with ".*" and "?" with "." to match command line
6698 	     * completion.
6699 	     * Insert a backslash before '~', '$' and '.' to avoid their
6700 	     * special meaning.
6701 	     */
6702 	    if (d - IObuff > IOSIZE - 10)	/* getting too long!? */
6703 		break;
6704 	    switch (*s)
6705 	    {
6706 		case '|':   STRCPY(d, "bar");
6707 			    d += 3;
6708 			    continue;
6709 		case '"':   STRCPY(d, "quote");
6710 			    d += 5;
6711 			    continue;
6712 		case '*':   *d++ = '.';
6713 			    break;
6714 		case '?':   *d++ = '.';
6715 			    continue;
6716 		case '$':
6717 		case '.':
6718 		case '~':   *d++ = '\\';
6719 			    break;
6720 	    }
6721 
6722 	    /*
6723 	     * Replace "^x" by "CTRL-X". Don't do this for "^_" to make
6724 	     * ":help i_^_CTRL-D" work.
6725 	     * Insert '-' before and after "CTRL-X" when applicable.
6726 	     */
6727 	    if (*s < ' ' || (*s == '^' && s[1] && (ASCII_ISALPHA(s[1])
6728 			   || vim_strchr((char_u *)"?@[\\]^", s[1]) != NULL)))
6729 	    {
6730 		if (d > IObuff && d[-1] != '_' && d[-1] != '\\')
6731 		    *d++ = '_';		/* prepend a '_' to make x_CTRL-x */
6732 		STRCPY(d, "CTRL-");
6733 		d += 5;
6734 		if (*s < ' ')
6735 		{
6736 #ifdef EBCDIC
6737 		    *d++ = CtrlChar(*s);
6738 #else
6739 		    *d++ = *s + '@';
6740 #endif
6741 		    if (d[-1] == '\\')
6742 			*d++ = '\\';	/* double a backslash */
6743 		}
6744 		else
6745 		    *d++ = *++s;
6746 		if (s[1] != NUL && s[1] != '_')
6747 		    *d++ = '_';		/* append a '_' */
6748 		continue;
6749 	    }
6750 	    else if (*s == '^')		/* "^" or "CTRL-^" or "^_" */
6751 		*d++ = '\\';
6752 
6753 	    /*
6754 	     * Insert a backslash before a backslash after a slash, for search
6755 	     * pattern tags: "/\|" --> "/\\|".
6756 	     */
6757 	    else if (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != '\\'
6758 					       && *arg == '/' && s == arg + 1)
6759 		*d++ = '\\';
6760 
6761 	    /* "CTRL-\_" -> "CTRL-\\_" to avoid the special meaning of "\_" in
6762 	     * "CTRL-\_CTRL-N" */
6763 	    if (STRNICMP(s, "CTRL-\\_", 7) == 0)
6764 	    {
6765 		STRCPY(d, "CTRL-\\\\");
6766 		d += 7;
6767 		s += 6;
6768 	    }
6769 
6770 	    *d++ = *s;
6771 
6772 	    /*
6773 	     * If tag contains "({" or "([", tag terminates at the "(".
6774 	     * This is for help on functions, e.g.: abs({expr}).
6775 	     */
6776 	    if (*s == '(' && (s[1] == '{' || s[1] =='['))
6777 		break;
6778 
6779 	    /*
6780 	     * If tag starts with ', toss everything after a second '. Fixes
6781 	     * CTRL-] on 'option'. (would include the trailing '.').
6782 	     */
6783 	    if (*s == '\'' && s > arg && *arg == '\'')
6784 		break;
6785 	    /* Also '{' and '}'. */
6786 	    if (*s == '}' && s > arg && *arg == '{')
6787 		break;
6788 	  }
6789 	  *d = NUL;
6790 
6791 	  if (*IObuff == '`')
6792 	  {
6793 	      if (d > IObuff + 2 && d[-1] == '`')
6794 	      {
6795 		  /* remove the backticks from `command` */
6796 		  mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff));
6797 		  d[-2] = NUL;
6798 	      }
6799 	      else if (d > IObuff + 3 && d[-2] == '`' && d[-1] == ',')
6800 	      {
6801 		  /* remove the backticks and comma from `command`, */
6802 		  mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff));
6803 		  d[-3] = NUL;
6804 	      }
6805 	      else if (d > IObuff + 4 && d[-3] == '`'
6806 					     && d[-2] == '\\' && d[-1] == '.')
6807 	      {
6808 		  /* remove the backticks and dot from `command`\. */
6809 		  mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff));
6810 		  d[-4] = NUL;
6811 	      }
6812 	  }
6813 	}
6814     }
6815 
6816     *matches = (char_u **)"";
6817     *num_matches = 0;
6818     flags = TAG_HELP | TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_VERBOSE;
6819     if (keep_lang)
6820 	flags |= TAG_KEEP_LANG;
6821     if (find_tags(IObuff, num_matches, matches, flags, (int)MAXCOL, NULL) == OK
6822 	    && *num_matches > 0)
6823     {
6824 	/* Sort the matches found on the heuristic number that is after the
6825 	 * tag name. */
6826 	qsort((void *)*matches, (size_t)*num_matches,
6827 					      sizeof(char_u *), help_compare);
6828 	/* Delete more than TAG_MANY to reduce the size of the listing. */
6829 	while (*num_matches > TAG_MANY)
6830 	    vim_free((*matches)[--*num_matches]);
6831     }
6832     return OK;
6833 }
6834 
6835 /*
6836  * Called when starting to edit a buffer for a help file.
6837  */
6838     static void
6839 prepare_help_buffer(void)
6840 {
6841     char_u	*p;
6842 
6843     curbuf->b_help = TRUE;
6844 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
6845     set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"buftype", -1,
6846 				     (char_u *)"help", OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0);
6847 #endif
6848 
6849     /*
6850      * Always set these options after jumping to a help tag, because the
6851      * user may have an autocommand that gets in the way.
6852      * Accept all ASCII chars for keywords, except ' ', '*', '"', '|', and
6853      * latin1 word characters (for translated help files).
6854      * Only set it when needed, buf_init_chartab() is some work.
6855      */
6856     p =
6857 #ifdef EBCDIC
6858 	    (char_u *)"65-255,^*,^|,^\"";
6859 #else
6860 	    (char_u *)"!-~,^*,^|,^\",192-255";
6861 #endif
6862     if (STRCMP(curbuf->b_p_isk, p) != 0)
6863     {
6864 	set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"isk", -1, p, OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0);
6865 	check_buf_options(curbuf);
6866 	(void)buf_init_chartab(curbuf, FALSE);
6867     }
6868 
6869 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6870     /* Don't use the global foldmethod.*/
6871     set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"fdm", -1, (char_u *)"manual",
6872 						       OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0);
6873 #endif
6874 
6875     curbuf->b_p_ts = 8;		/* 'tabstop' is 8 */
6876     curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;	/* no list mode */
6877 
6878     curbuf->b_p_ma = FALSE;		/* not modifiable */
6879     curbuf->b_p_bin = FALSE;	/* reset 'bin' before reading file */
6880     curwin->w_p_nu = 0;		/* no line numbers */
6881     curwin->w_p_rnu = 0;		/* no relative line numbers */
6882     RESET_BINDING(curwin);		/* no scroll or cursor binding */
6883 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
6884     curwin->w_p_arab = FALSE;	/* no arabic mode */
6885 #endif
6886 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6887     curwin->w_p_rl  = FALSE;	/* help window is left-to-right */
6888 #endif
6889 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6890     curwin->w_p_fen = FALSE;	/* No folding in the help window */
6891 #endif
6892 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
6893     curwin->w_p_diff = FALSE;	/* No 'diff' */
6894 #endif
6895 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
6896     curwin->w_p_spell = FALSE;	/* No spell checking */
6897 #endif
6898 
6899     set_buflisted(FALSE);
6900 }
6901 
6902 /*
6903  * After reading a help file: May cleanup a help buffer when syntax
6904  * highlighting is not used.
6905  */
6906     void
6907 fix_help_buffer(void)
6908 {
6909     linenr_T	lnum;
6910     char_u	*line;
6911     int		in_example = FALSE;
6912     int		len;
6913     char_u	*fname;
6914     char_u	*p;
6915     char_u	*rt;
6916     int		mustfree;
6917 
6918     /* Set filetype to "help" if still needed. */
6919     if (STRCMP(curbuf->b_p_ft, "help") != 0)
6920     {
6921 	++curbuf_lock;
6922 	set_option_value((char_u *)"ft", 0L, (char_u *)"help", OPT_LOCAL);
6923 	--curbuf_lock;
6924     }
6925 
6926 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
6927     if (!syntax_present(curwin))
6928 #endif
6929     {
6930 	for (lnum = 1; lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum)
6931 	{
6932 	    line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE);
6933 	    len = (int)STRLEN(line);
6934 	    if (in_example && len > 0 && !VIM_ISWHITE(line[0]))
6935 	    {
6936 		/* End of example: non-white or '<' in first column. */
6937 		if (line[0] == '<')
6938 		{
6939 		    /* blank-out a '<' in the first column */
6940 		    line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE);
6941 		    line[0] = ' ';
6942 		}
6943 		in_example = FALSE;
6944 	    }
6945 	    if (!in_example && len > 0)
6946 	    {
6947 		if (line[len - 1] == '>' && (len == 1 || line[len - 2] == ' '))
6948 		{
6949 		    /* blank-out a '>' in the last column (start of example) */
6950 		    line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE);
6951 		    line[len - 1] = ' ';
6952 		    in_example = TRUE;
6953 		}
6954 		else if (line[len - 1] == '~')
6955 		{
6956 		    /* blank-out a '~' at the end of line (header marker) */
6957 		    line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE);
6958 		    line[len - 1] = ' ';
6959 		}
6960 	    }
6961 	}
6962     }
6963 
6964     /*
6965      * In the "help.txt" and "help.abx" file, add the locally added help
6966      * files.  This uses the very first line in the help file.
6967      */
6968     fname = gettail(curbuf->b_fname);
6969     if (fnamecmp(fname, "help.txt") == 0
6970 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
6971 	|| (fnamencmp(fname, "help.", 5) == 0
6972 	    && ASCII_ISALPHA(fname[5])
6973 	    && ASCII_ISALPHA(fname[6])
6974 	    && TOLOWER_ASC(fname[7]) == 'x'
6975 	    && fname[8] == NUL)
6976 #endif
6977 	)
6978     {
6979 	for (lnum = 1; lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum)
6980 	{
6981 	    line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE);
6982 	    if (strstr((char *)line, "*local-additions*") == NULL)
6983 		continue;
6984 
6985 	    /* Go through all directories in 'runtimepath', skipping
6986 	     * $VIMRUNTIME. */
6987 	    p = p_rtp;
6988 	    while (*p != NUL)
6989 	    {
6990 		copy_option_part(&p, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, ",");
6991 		mustfree = FALSE;
6992 		rt = vim_getenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", &mustfree);
6993 		if (rt != NULL && fullpathcmp(rt, NameBuff, FALSE) != FPC_SAME)
6994 		{
6995 		    int		fcount;
6996 		    char_u	**fnames;
6997 		    FILE	*fd;
6998 		    char_u	*s;
6999 		    int		fi;
7000 		    vimconv_T	vc;
7001 		    char_u	*cp;
7002 
7003 		    /* Find all "doc/ *.txt" files in this directory. */
7004 		    add_pathsep(NameBuff);
7005 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
7006 		    STRCAT(NameBuff, "doc/*.??[tx]");
7007 #else
7008 		    STRCAT(NameBuff, "doc/*.txt");
7009 #endif
7010 		    if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &fcount,
7011 					 &fnames, EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == OK
7012 			    && fcount > 0)
7013 		    {
7014 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
7015 			int	i1, i2;
7016 			char_u	*f1, *f2;
7017 			char_u	*t1, *t2;
7018 			char_u	*e1, *e2;
7019 
7020 			/* If foo.abx is found use it instead of foo.txt in
7021 			 * the same directory. */
7022 			for (i1 = 0; i1 < fcount; ++i1)
7023 			{
7024 			    for (i2 = 0; i2 < fcount; ++i2)
7025 			    {
7026 				if (i1 == i2)
7027 				    continue;
7028 				if (fnames[i1] == NULL || fnames[i2] == NULL)
7029 				    continue;
7030 				f1 = fnames[i1];
7031 				f2 = fnames[i2];
7032 				t1 = gettail(f1);
7033 				t2 = gettail(f2);
7034 				e1 = vim_strrchr(t1, '.');
7035 				e2 = vim_strrchr(t2, '.');
7036 				if (e1 == NULL || e2 == NULL)
7037 				    continue;
7038 				if (fnamecmp(e1, ".txt") != 0
7039 				    && fnamecmp(e1, fname + 4) != 0)
7040 				{
7041 				    /* Not .txt and not .abx, remove it. */
7042 				    VIM_CLEAR(fnames[i1]);
7043 				    continue;
7044 				}
7045 				if (e1 - f1 != e2 - f2
7046 					    || fnamencmp(f1, f2, e1 - f1) != 0)
7047 				    continue;
7048 				if (fnamecmp(e1, ".txt") == 0
7049 				    && fnamecmp(e2, fname + 4) == 0)
7050 				    /* use .abx instead of .txt */
7051 				    VIM_CLEAR(fnames[i1]);
7052 			    }
7053 			}
7054 #endif
7055 			for (fi = 0; fi < fcount; ++fi)
7056 			{
7057 			    if (fnames[fi] == NULL)
7058 				continue;
7059 			    fd = mch_fopen((char *)fnames[fi], "r");
7060 			    if (fd != NULL)
7061 			    {
7062 				vim_fgets(IObuff, IOSIZE, fd);
7063 				if (IObuff[0] == '*'
7064 					&& (s = vim_strchr(IObuff + 1, '*'))
7065 								  != NULL)
7066 				{
7067 				    int	this_utf = MAYBE;
7068 
7069 				    /* Change tag definition to a
7070 				     * reference and remove <CR>/<NL>. */
7071 				    IObuff[0] = '|';
7072 				    *s = '|';
7073 				    while (*s != NUL)
7074 				    {
7075 					if (*s == '\r' || *s == '\n')
7076 					    *s = NUL;
7077 					/* The text is utf-8 when a byte
7078 					 * above 127 is found and no
7079 					 * illegal byte sequence is found.
7080 					 */
7081 					if (*s >= 0x80 && this_utf != FALSE)
7082 					{
7083 					    int	l;
7084 
7085 					    this_utf = TRUE;
7086 					    l = utf_ptr2len(s);
7087 					    if (l == 1)
7088 						this_utf = FALSE;
7089 					    s += l - 1;
7090 					}
7091 					++s;
7092 				    }
7093 
7094 				    /* The help file is latin1 or utf-8;
7095 				     * conversion to the current
7096 				     * 'encoding' may be required. */
7097 				    vc.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
7098 				    convert_setup(&vc, (char_u *)(
7099 						this_utf == TRUE ? "utf-8"
7100 						      : "latin1"), p_enc);
7101 				    if (vc.vc_type == CONV_NONE)
7102 					/* No conversion needed. */
7103 					cp = IObuff;
7104 				    else
7105 				    {
7106 					/* Do the conversion.  If it fails
7107 					 * use the unconverted text. */
7108 					cp = string_convert(&vc, IObuff,
7109 								    NULL);
7110 					if (cp == NULL)
7111 					    cp = IObuff;
7112 				    }
7113 				    convert_setup(&vc, NULL, NULL);
7114 
7115 				    ml_append(lnum, cp, (colnr_T)0, FALSE);
7116 				    if (cp != IObuff)
7117 					vim_free(cp);
7118 				    ++lnum;
7119 				}
7120 				fclose(fd);
7121 			    }
7122 			}
7123 			FreeWild(fcount, fnames);
7124 		    }
7125 		}
7126 		if (mustfree)
7127 		    vim_free(rt);
7128 	    }
7129 	    break;
7130 	}
7131     }
7132 }
7133 
7134 /*
7135  * ":exusage"
7136  */
7137     void
7138 ex_exusage(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
7139 {
7140     do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"help ex-cmd-index");
7141 }
7142 
7143 /*
7144  * ":viusage"
7145  */
7146     void
7147 ex_viusage(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
7148 {
7149     do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"help normal-index");
7150 }
7151 
7152 /*
7153  * Generate tags in one help directory.
7154  */
7155     static void
7156 helptags_one(
7157     char_u	*dir,		/* doc directory */
7158     char_u	*ext,		/* suffix, ".txt", ".itx", ".frx", etc. */
7159     char_u	*tagfname,	/* "tags" for English, "tags-fr" for French. */
7160     int		add_help_tags)	/* add "help-tags" tag */
7161 {
7162     FILE	*fd_tags;
7163     FILE	*fd;
7164     garray_T	ga;
7165     int		filecount;
7166     char_u	**files;
7167     char_u	*p1, *p2;
7168     int		fi;
7169     char_u	*s;
7170     int		i;
7171     char_u	*fname;
7172     int		dirlen;
7173     int		utf8 = MAYBE;
7174     int		this_utf8;
7175     int		firstline;
7176     int		mix = FALSE;	/* detected mixed encodings */
7177 
7178     /*
7179      * Find all *.txt files.
7180      */
7181     dirlen = (int)STRLEN(dir);
7182     STRCPY(NameBuff, dir);
7183     STRCAT(NameBuff, "/**/*");
7184     STRCAT(NameBuff, ext);
7185     if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &filecount, &files,
7186 						    EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == FAIL
7187 	    || filecount == 0)
7188     {
7189 	if (!got_int)
7190 	    semsg(_("E151: No match: %s"), NameBuff);
7191 	return;
7192     }
7193 
7194     /*
7195      * Open the tags file for writing.
7196      * Do this before scanning through all the files.
7197      */
7198     STRCPY(NameBuff, dir);
7199     add_pathsep(NameBuff);
7200     STRCAT(NameBuff, tagfname);
7201     fd_tags = mch_fopen((char *)NameBuff, "w");
7202     if (fd_tags == NULL)
7203     {
7204 	semsg(_("E152: Cannot open %s for writing"), NameBuff);
7205 	FreeWild(filecount, files);
7206 	return;
7207     }
7208 
7209     /*
7210      * If using the "++t" argument or generating tags for "$VIMRUNTIME/doc"
7211      * add the "help-tags" tag.
7212      */
7213     ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 100);
7214     if (add_help_tags || fullpathcmp((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/doc",
7215 						      dir, FALSE) == FPC_SAME)
7216     {
7217 	if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
7218 	    got_int = TRUE;
7219 	else
7220 	{
7221 	    s = alloc(18 + (unsigned)STRLEN(tagfname));
7222 	    if (s == NULL)
7223 		got_int = TRUE;
7224 	    else
7225 	    {
7226 		sprintf((char *)s, "help-tags\t%s\t1\n", tagfname);
7227 		((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = s;
7228 		++ga.ga_len;
7229 	    }
7230 	}
7231     }
7232 
7233     /*
7234      * Go over all the files and extract the tags.
7235      */
7236     for (fi = 0; fi < filecount && !got_int; ++fi)
7237     {
7238 	fd = mch_fopen((char *)files[fi], "r");
7239 	if (fd == NULL)
7240 	{
7241 	    semsg(_("E153: Unable to open %s for reading"), files[fi]);
7242 	    continue;
7243 	}
7244 	fname = files[fi] + dirlen + 1;
7245 
7246 	firstline = TRUE;
7247 	while (!vim_fgets(IObuff, IOSIZE, fd) && !got_int)
7248 	{
7249 	    if (firstline)
7250 	    {
7251 		/* Detect utf-8 file by a non-ASCII char in the first line. */
7252 		this_utf8 = MAYBE;
7253 		for (s = IObuff; *s != NUL; ++s)
7254 		    if (*s >= 0x80)
7255 		    {
7256 			int l;
7257 
7258 			this_utf8 = TRUE;
7259 			l = utf_ptr2len(s);
7260 			if (l == 1)
7261 			{
7262 			    /* Illegal UTF-8 byte sequence. */
7263 			    this_utf8 = FALSE;
7264 			    break;
7265 			}
7266 			s += l - 1;
7267 		    }
7268 		if (this_utf8 == MAYBE)	    /* only ASCII characters found */
7269 		    this_utf8 = FALSE;
7270 		if (utf8 == MAYBE)	    /* first file */
7271 		    utf8 = this_utf8;
7272 		else if (utf8 != this_utf8)
7273 		{
7274 		    semsg(_("E670: Mix of help file encodings within a language: %s"), files[fi]);
7275 		    mix = !got_int;
7276 		    got_int = TRUE;
7277 		}
7278 		firstline = FALSE;
7279 	    }
7280 	    p1 = vim_strchr(IObuff, '*');	/* find first '*' */
7281 	    while (p1 != NULL)
7282 	    {
7283 		/* Use vim_strbyte() instead of vim_strchr() so that when
7284 		 * 'encoding' is dbcs it still works, don't find '*' in the
7285 		 * second byte. */
7286 		p2 = vim_strbyte(p1 + 1, '*');	/* find second '*' */
7287 		if (p2 != NULL && p2 > p1 + 1)	/* skip "*" and "**" */
7288 		{
7289 		    for (s = p1 + 1; s < p2; ++s)
7290 			if (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t' || *s == '|')
7291 			    break;
7292 
7293 		    /*
7294 		     * Only accept a *tag* when it consists of valid
7295 		     * characters, there is white space before it and is
7296 		     * followed by a white character or end-of-line.
7297 		     */
7298 		    if (s == p2
7299 			    && (p1 == IObuff || p1[-1] == ' ' || p1[-1] == '\t')
7300 			    && (vim_strchr((char_u *)" \t\n\r", s[1]) != NULL
7301 				|| s[1] == '\0'))
7302 		    {
7303 			*p2 = '\0';
7304 			++p1;
7305 			if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
7306 			{
7307 			    got_int = TRUE;
7308 			    break;
7309 			}
7310 			s = alloc((unsigned)(p2 - p1 + STRLEN(fname) + 2));
7311 			if (s == NULL)
7312 			{
7313 			    got_int = TRUE;
7314 			    break;
7315 			}
7316 			((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = s;
7317 			++ga.ga_len;
7318 			sprintf((char *)s, "%s\t%s", p1, fname);
7319 
7320 			/* find next '*' */
7321 			p2 = vim_strchr(p2 + 1, '*');
7322 		    }
7323 		}
7324 		p1 = p2;
7325 	    }
7326 	    line_breakcheck();
7327 	}
7328 
7329 	fclose(fd);
7330     }
7331 
7332     FreeWild(filecount, files);
7333 
7334     if (!got_int)
7335     {
7336 	/*
7337 	 * Sort the tags.
7338 	 */
7339 	if (ga.ga_data != NULL)
7340 	    sort_strings((char_u **)ga.ga_data, ga.ga_len);
7341 
7342 	/*
7343 	 * Check for duplicates.
7344 	 */
7345 	for (i = 1; i < ga.ga_len; ++i)
7346 	{
7347 	    p1 = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i - 1];
7348 	    p2 = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i];
7349 	    while (*p1 == *p2)
7350 	    {
7351 		if (*p2 == '\t')
7352 		{
7353 		    *p2 = NUL;
7354 		    vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL,
7355 			    _("E154: Duplicate tag \"%s\" in file %s/%s"),
7356 				     ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i], dir, p2 + 1);
7357 		    emsg((char *)NameBuff);
7358 		    *p2 = '\t';
7359 		    break;
7360 		}
7361 		++p1;
7362 		++p2;
7363 	    }
7364 	}
7365 
7366 	if (utf8 == TRUE)
7367 	    fprintf(fd_tags, "!_TAG_FILE_ENCODING\tutf-8\t//\n");
7368 
7369 	/*
7370 	 * Write the tags into the file.
7371 	 */
7372 	for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i)
7373 	{
7374 	    s = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i];
7375 	    if (STRNCMP(s, "help-tags\t", 10) == 0)
7376 		/* help-tags entry was added in formatted form */
7377 		fputs((char *)s, fd_tags);
7378 	    else
7379 	    {
7380 		fprintf(fd_tags, "%s\t/*", s);
7381 		for (p1 = s; *p1 != '\t'; ++p1)
7382 		{
7383 		    /* insert backslash before '\\' and '/' */
7384 		    if (*p1 == '\\' || *p1 == '/')
7385 			putc('\\', fd_tags);
7386 		    putc(*p1, fd_tags);
7387 		}
7388 		fprintf(fd_tags, "*\n");
7389 	    }
7390 	}
7391     }
7392     if (mix)
7393 	got_int = FALSE;    /* continue with other languages */
7394 
7395     for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i)
7396 	vim_free(((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]);
7397     ga_clear(&ga);
7398     fclose(fd_tags);	    /* there is no check for an error... */
7399 }
7400 
7401 /*
7402  * Generate tags in one help directory, taking care of translations.
7403  */
7404     static void
7405 do_helptags(char_u *dirname, int add_help_tags)
7406 {
7407 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
7408     int		len;
7409     int		i, j;
7410     garray_T	ga;
7411     char_u	lang[2];
7412     char_u	ext[5];
7413     char_u	fname[8];
7414     int		filecount;
7415     char_u	**files;
7416 
7417     /* Get a list of all files in the help directory and in subdirectories. */
7418     STRCPY(NameBuff, dirname);
7419     add_pathsep(NameBuff);
7420     STRCAT(NameBuff, "**");
7421     if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &filecount, &files,
7422 						    EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == FAIL
7423 	    || filecount == 0)
7424     {
7425 	semsg(_("E151: No match: %s"), NameBuff);
7426 	return;
7427     }
7428 
7429     /* Go over all files in the directory to find out what languages are
7430      * present. */
7431     ga_init2(&ga, 1, 10);
7432     for (i = 0; i < filecount; ++i)
7433     {
7434 	len = (int)STRLEN(files[i]);
7435 	if (len > 4)
7436 	{
7437 	    if (STRICMP(files[i] + len - 4, ".txt") == 0)
7438 	    {
7439 		/* ".txt" -> language "en" */
7440 		lang[0] = 'e';
7441 		lang[1] = 'n';
7442 	    }
7443 	    else if (files[i][len - 4] == '.'
7444 		    && ASCII_ISALPHA(files[i][len - 3])
7445 		    && ASCII_ISALPHA(files[i][len - 2])
7446 		    && TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 1]) == 'x')
7447 	    {
7448 		/* ".abx" -> language "ab" */
7449 		lang[0] = TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 3]);
7450 		lang[1] = TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 2]);
7451 	    }
7452 	    else
7453 		continue;
7454 
7455 	    /* Did we find this language already? */
7456 	    for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; j += 2)
7457 		if (STRNCMP(lang, ((char_u *)ga.ga_data) + j, 2) == 0)
7458 		    break;
7459 	    if (j == ga.ga_len)
7460 	    {
7461 		/* New language, add it. */
7462 		if (ga_grow(&ga, 2) == FAIL)
7463 		    break;
7464 		((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len++] = lang[0];
7465 		((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len++] = lang[1];
7466 	    }
7467 	}
7468     }
7469 
7470     /*
7471      * Loop over the found languages to generate a tags file for each one.
7472      */
7473     for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; j += 2)
7474     {
7475 	STRCPY(fname, "tags-xx");
7476 	fname[5] = ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[j];
7477 	fname[6] = ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[j + 1];
7478 	if (fname[5] == 'e' && fname[6] == 'n')
7479 	{
7480 	    /* English is an exception: use ".txt" and "tags". */
7481 	    fname[4] = NUL;
7482 	    STRCPY(ext, ".txt");
7483 	}
7484 	else
7485 	{
7486 	    /* Language "ab" uses ".abx" and "tags-ab". */
7487 	    STRCPY(ext, ".xxx");
7488 	    ext[1] = fname[5];
7489 	    ext[2] = fname[6];
7490 	}
7491 	helptags_one(dirname, ext, fname, add_help_tags);
7492     }
7493 
7494     ga_clear(&ga);
7495     FreeWild(filecount, files);
7496 
7497 #else
7498     /* No language support, just use "*.txt" and "tags". */
7499     helptags_one(dirname, (char_u *)".txt", (char_u *)"tags", add_help_tags);
7500 #endif
7501 }
7502 
7503     static void
7504 helptags_cb(char_u *fname, void *cookie)
7505 {
7506     do_helptags(fname, *(int *)cookie);
7507 }
7508 
7509 /*
7510  * ":helptags"
7511  */
7512     void
7513 ex_helptags(exarg_T *eap)
7514 {
7515     expand_T	xpc;
7516     char_u	*dirname;
7517     int		add_help_tags = FALSE;
7518 
7519     /* Check for ":helptags ++t {dir}". */
7520     if (STRNCMP(eap->arg, "++t", 3) == 0 && VIM_ISWHITE(eap->arg[3]))
7521     {
7522 	add_help_tags = TRUE;
7523 	eap->arg = skipwhite(eap->arg + 3);
7524     }
7525 
7526     if (STRCMP(eap->arg, "ALL") == 0)
7527     {
7528 	do_in_path(p_rtp, (char_u *)"doc", DIP_ALL + DIP_DIR,
7529 						 helptags_cb, &add_help_tags);
7530     }
7531     else
7532     {
7533 	ExpandInit(&xpc);
7534 	xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_DIRECTORIES;
7535 	dirname = ExpandOne(&xpc, eap->arg, NULL,
7536 			    WILD_LIST_NOTFOUND|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
7537 	if (dirname == NULL || !mch_isdir(dirname))
7538 	    semsg(_("E150: Not a directory: %s"), eap->arg);
7539 	else
7540 	    do_helptags(dirname, add_help_tags);
7541 	vim_free(dirname);
7542     }
7543 }
7544 
7545 /*
7546  * Make the user happy.
7547  */
7548     void
7549 ex_smile(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
7550 {
7551     static char *code[] = {
7552 	"\34 \4o\14$\4ox\30 \2o\30$\1ox\25 \2o\36$\1o\11 \1o\1$\3 \2$\1 \1o\1$x\5 \1o\1 \1$\1 \2o\10 \1o\44$\1o\7 \2$\1 \2$\1 \2$\1o\1$x\2 \2o\1 \1$\1 \1$\1 \1\"\1$\6 \1o\11$\4 \15$\4 \11$\1o\7 \3$\1o\2$\1o\1$x\2 \1\"\6$\1o\1$\5 \1o\11$\6 \13$\6 \12$\1o\4 \10$x\4 \7$\4 \13$\6 \13$\6 \27$x\4 \27$\4 \15$\4 \16$\2 \3\"\3$x\5 \1\"\3$\4\"\61$\5 \1\"\3$x\6 \3$\3 \1o\62$\5 \1\"\3$\1ox\5 \1o\2$\1\"\3 \63$\7 \3$\1ox\5 \3$\4 \55$\1\"\1 \1\"\6$",
7553 	"\5o\4$\1ox\4 \1o\3$\4o\5$\2 \45$\3 \1o\21$x\4 \10$\1\"\4$\3 \42$\5 \4$\10\"x\3 \4\"\7 \4$\4 \1\"\34$\1\"\6 \1o\3$x\16 \1\"\3$\1o\5 \3\"\22$\1\"\2$\1\"\11 \3$x\20 \3$\1o\12 \1\"\2$\2\"\6$\4\"\13 \1o\3$x\21 \4$\1o\40 \1o\3$\1\"x\22 \1\"\4$\1o\6 \1o\6$\1o\1\"\4$\1o\10 \1o\4$x\24 \1\"\5$\2o\5 \2\"\4$\1o\5$\1o\3 \1o\4$\2\"x\27 \2\"\5$\4o\2 \1\"\3$\1o\11$\3\"x\32 \2\"\7$\2o\1 \12$x\42 \4\"\13$x\46 \14$x\47 \12$\1\"x\50 \1\"\3$\4\"x"
7554     };
7555     char *p;
7556     int n;
7557     int i;
7558 
7559     msg_start();
7560     msg_putchar('\n');
7561     for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
7562 	for (p = code[i]; *p != NUL; ++p)
7563 	    if (*p == 'x')
7564 		msg_putchar('\n');
7565 	    else
7566 		for (n = *p++; n > 0; --n)
7567 		    if (*p == 'o' || *p == '$')
7568 			msg_putchar_attr(*p, HL_ATTR(HLF_L));
7569 		    else
7570 			msg_putchar(*p);
7571     msg_clr_eos();
7572 }
7573 
7574 /*
7575  * ":drop"
7576  * Opens the first argument in a window.  When there are two or more arguments
7577  * the argument list is redefined.
7578  */
7579     void
7580 ex_drop(exarg_T *eap)
7581 {
7582     int		split = FALSE;
7583     win_T	*wp;
7584     buf_T	*buf;
7585     tabpage_T	*tp;
7586 
7587     /*
7588      * Check if the first argument is already being edited in a window.  If
7589      * so, jump to that window.
7590      * We would actually need to check all arguments, but that's complicated
7591      * and mostly only one file is dropped.
7592      * This also ignores wildcards, since it is very unlikely the user is
7593      * editing a file name with a wildcard character.
7594      */
7595     set_arglist(eap->arg);
7596 
7597     /*
7598      * Expanding wildcards may result in an empty argument list.  E.g. when
7599      * editing "foo.pyc" and ".pyc" is in 'wildignore'.  Assume that we
7600      * already did an error message for this.
7601      */
7602     if (ARGCOUNT == 0)
7603 	return;
7604 
7605     if (cmdmod.tab)
7606     {
7607 	/* ":tab drop file ...": open a tab for each argument that isn't
7608 	 * edited in a window yet.  It's like ":tab all" but without closing
7609 	 * windows or tabs. */
7610 	ex_all(eap);
7611     }
7612     else
7613     {
7614 	/* ":drop file ...": Edit the first argument.  Jump to an existing
7615 	 * window if possible, edit in current window if the current buffer
7616 	 * can be abandoned, otherwise open a new window. */
7617 	buf = buflist_findnr(ARGLIST[0].ae_fnum);
7618 
7619 	FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
7620 	{
7621 	    if (wp->w_buffer == buf)
7622 	    {
7623 		goto_tabpage_win(tp, wp);
7624 		curwin->w_arg_idx = 0;
7625 		return;
7626 	    }
7627 	}
7628 
7629 	/*
7630 	 * Check whether the current buffer is changed. If so, we will need
7631 	 * to split the current window or data could be lost.
7632 	 * Skip the check if the 'hidden' option is set, as in this case the
7633 	 * buffer won't be lost.
7634 	 */
7635 	if (!buf_hide(curbuf))
7636 	{
7637 	    ++emsg_off;
7638 	    split = check_changed(curbuf, CCGD_AW | CCGD_EXCMD);
7639 	    --emsg_off;
7640 	}
7641 
7642 	/* Fake a ":sfirst" or ":first" command edit the first argument. */
7643 	if (split)
7644 	{
7645 	    eap->cmdidx = CMD_sfirst;
7646 	    eap->cmd[0] = 's';
7647 	}
7648 	else
7649 	    eap->cmdidx = CMD_first;
7650 	ex_rewind(eap);
7651     }
7652 }
7653 
7654 /*
7655  * Skip over the pattern argument of ":vimgrep /pat/[g][j]".
7656  * Put the start of the pattern in "*s", unless "s" is NULL.
7657  * If "flags" is not NULL put the flags in it: VGR_GLOBAL, VGR_NOJUMP.
7658  * If "s" is not NULL terminate the pattern with a NUL.
7659  * Return a pointer to the char just past the pattern plus flags.
7660  */
7661     char_u *
7662 skip_vimgrep_pat(char_u *p, char_u **s, int *flags)
7663 {
7664     int		c;
7665 
7666     if (vim_isIDc(*p))
7667     {
7668 	/* ":vimgrep pattern fname" */
7669 	if (s != NULL)
7670 	    *s = p;
7671 	p = skiptowhite(p);
7672 	if (s != NULL && *p != NUL)
7673 	    *p++ = NUL;
7674     }
7675     else
7676     {
7677 	/* ":vimgrep /pattern/[g][j] fname" */
7678 	if (s != NULL)
7679 	    *s = p + 1;
7680 	c = *p;
7681 	p = skip_regexp(p + 1, c, TRUE, NULL);
7682 	if (*p != c)
7683 	    return NULL;
7684 
7685 	/* Truncate the pattern. */
7686 	if (s != NULL)
7687 	    *p = NUL;
7688 	++p;
7689 
7690 	/* Find the flags */
7691 	while (*p == 'g' || *p == 'j')
7692 	{
7693 	    if (flags != NULL)
7694 	    {
7695 		if (*p == 'g')
7696 		    *flags |= VGR_GLOBAL;
7697 		else
7698 		    *flags |= VGR_NOJUMP;
7699 	    }
7700 	    ++p;
7701 	}
7702     }
7703     return p;
7704 }
7705 
7706 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
7707 /*
7708  * List v:oldfiles in a nice way.
7709  */
7710     void
7711 ex_oldfiles(exarg_T *eap UNUSED)
7712 {
7713     list_T	*l = get_vim_var_list(VV_OLDFILES);
7714     listitem_T	*li;
7715     int		nr = 0;
7716     char_u	*fname;
7717 
7718     if (l == NULL)
7719 	msg(_("No old files"));
7720     else
7721     {
7722 	msg_start();
7723 	msg_scroll = TRUE;
7724 	for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL && !got_int; li = li->li_next)
7725 	{
7726 	    ++nr;
7727 	    fname = tv_get_string(&li->li_tv);
7728 	    if (!message_filtered(fname))
7729 	    {
7730 		msg_outnum((long)nr);
7731 		msg_puts(": ");
7732 		msg_outtrans(fname);
7733 		msg_clr_eos();
7734 		msg_putchar('\n');
7735 		out_flush();	    /* output one line at a time */
7736 		ui_breakcheck();
7737 	    }
7738 	}
7739 
7740 	/* Assume "got_int" was set to truncate the listing. */
7741 	got_int = FALSE;
7742 
7743 # ifdef FEAT_BROWSE_CMD
7744 	if (cmdmod.browse)
7745 	{
7746 	    quit_more = FALSE;
7747 	    nr = prompt_for_number(FALSE);
7748 	    msg_starthere();
7749 	    if (nr > 0)
7750 	    {
7751 		char_u *p = list_find_str(get_vim_var_list(VV_OLDFILES),
7752 								    (long)nr);
7753 
7754 		if (p != NULL)
7755 		{
7756 		    p = expand_env_save(p);
7757 		    eap->arg = p;
7758 		    eap->cmdidx = CMD_edit;
7759 		    cmdmod.browse = FALSE;
7760 		    do_exedit(eap, NULL);
7761 		    vim_free(p);
7762 		}
7763 	    }
7764 	}
7765 # endif
7766     }
7767 }
7768 #endif
7769